Professional Documents
Culture Documents
American Kenpo Compendium
American Kenpo Compendium
PRESENTS
THE
AMERICAN KENPO
COMPENDIUM
RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM
DISCLAIMER
This publication is for informational purposes only. Please note that the author and EliteFighters.com are NOT RESPONSIBLE in any manner whatsoever for any injury or death that
may result from the use or misuse from practicing the techniques and/or following the
instructions given within. Since the physical activities described herein may be too
strenuous in nature for some readers to engage in safely, it is essential that a physician be
consulted prior to training.
The
AMERICAN KENPO
COMPENDIUM
RECONNECTING THE SYSTEM
by
Eric Lamkin
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
YELLOW BELT
Delayed Sword
Alternating Maces
Sword of Destruction
Deflecting Hammer
Captured Twigs
Grasp of Death
Checking the Storm
Mace of Aggression
Attacking Mace
Sword and Hammer
Intellectual Departure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
ORANGE BELT
Clutching Feathers
Triggered Salute
Dance of Death
Thrusting Salute
Gift of Destruction
Locking Horns
Evading the Storm
Lone Kimono
Glancing Salute
Five Swords
Scraping Hoof
Grip of Death
Repeating Mace
Shielding Hammer
Striking Serpents Head
Crashing Wings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
PURPLE BELT
Twirling Wings
Snapping Twig
Leaping Crane
Buckling Branch
Crushing Hammer
Captured Leaves
Calming the Storm
Crossing Talon
Reversing Mace
Thrusting Prongs
Locked Wing
Obscure Wing
Raining Claw
Spiraling Twig
Twisted Twig
Obscure Sword
Spreading Branch
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
BLUE BELT
Twin Kimono
Parting Wings
Thundering Hammers
Swinging Pendulum
Squeezing the Peach
Circling Wing
Obstructing the Storm
Darting Mace
Hooking Wings
Shield and Sword
Gift in Return
Bow of Compulsion
Charging Ram
Sleeper
Cross of Destruction
Flight to Freedom
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
GREEN BELT
Begging Hands
Thrusting Wedge
Flashing Wings
Hugging Pendulum
Repeated Devastation
Destructive Twins
Defying the Storm
Crossed Twigs
Snaking Talon
Shield and Mace
Retreating Pendulum
Tripping Arrow
Wings of Silk
Conquering Shield
Entangled Wing
Raking Mace
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Fallen Cross
Brushing the Storm
Desperate Falcons
Circling the Horizon
Gripping Talon
Broken Ram
Circling Destruction
Obscure Claws
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
16 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
ORTHODOX
24 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
YELLOW BELT
Delayed Sword
Alternating Maces
Sword of Destruction
Deflecting Hammer
Captured Twigs
Grasp of Death
Checking the Storm
Mace of Aggression
Attacking Mace
Sword and Hammer
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
ORANGE BELT
Clutching Feathers
Triggered Salute
Dance of Death
Thrusting Salute
Gift of Destruction
Locking Horns
Lone Kimono
Glancing Salute
Five Swords
Buckling Branch
Scraping Hoof
Grip of Death
Crossing Talon
Repeating Mace
Shielding Hammer
Striking Serpents Head
Locked Wing
Obscure Wing
Reversing Mace
Thrusting Prongs
Twisted Twig
Obscure Sword
Raining Claw
Crashing Wings
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
PURPLE BELT
Twirling Wings
Snapping Twig
Leaping Crane
Swinging Pendulum
Crushing Hammer
Captured Leaves
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
BLUE BELT
Begging Hands
Thrusting Wedge
Flashing Wings
Hugging Pendulum
Repeated Devastation
Entangled Wing
Defying the Storm
Raking Mace
Snaking Talon
Shield and Mace
Retreating Pendulum
Tripping Arrow
Fallen Cross
Returning Storm
Crossed Twigs
Twist of Fate
Flashing Mace
Gift of Destiny
Wings of Silk
Gripping Talon
Gathering Clouds
Destructive Twins
Broken Ram
Circling the Horizon
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
GREEN BELT
Obscure Claws
Encounter With Danger
Circling Destruction
Detour From Doom
Squatting Sacrifice
Escape from Death
Brushing the Storm
Menacing Twirl
Leap from Danger
Circles of Protection
Circle of Doom
Broken Gift
Heavenly Ascent
Capturing the Storm
Conquering Shield
Taming the Mace
Twirling Sacrifice
Cross of Death
Securing the Storm
Intercepting the Ram
Kneel of Compulsion
Clipping the Storm
Glancing Wing
The Back Breaker
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
ORANGE BELT
Clutching Feathers
Triggered Salute
Dance of Death
Gift of Destruction
Locking Horns
Lone Kimono
Glancing Salute
Five Swords
Scraping Hoof
Grip of Death
Crossing Talon
Shielding Hammer
Thrusting Salute
Striking Serpents Head
Locked Wing
Obscure Wing
Reversing Mace
Buckling Branch
Thrusting Prongs
Twisted Twig
Obscure Sword
Repeating Mace
Raining Claw
Crashing Wings
Captured Leaves
Evading the Storm
Twirling Wings
Snapping Twig
Leaping Crane
Crushing Hammer
Circling Wing
Calming the Storm
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
PURPLE BELT
Charging Ram
Parting Wings
Thundering Hammers
Squeezing the Peach
Bow of Compulsion
Obstructing the Storm
Darting Mace
Shield and Sword
Swinging Pendulum
Gift in Return
Cross of Destruction
Twin Kimono
Hooking Wings
Sleeper
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Spiraling Twig
Begging Hands
Flight to Freedom
Flashing Wings
Repeated Devastation
Entangled Wing
Defying the Storm
Raking Mace
Thrusting Wedge
Shield and Mace
Tripping Arrow
Fallen Cross
Returning Storm
Crossed Twigs
Flashing Mace
Hugging Pendulum
Wings of Silk
Gathering Clouds
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
BLUE BELT
Gripping Talon
Snaking Talon
Circling the Horizon
Retreating Pendulum
Gift of Destiny
Destructive Twins
Broken Ram
Twist of Fate
Circling Destruction
Squatting Sacrifice
Escape from Death
Obscure Claws
Circles of Protection
Heavenly Ascent
Brushing the Storm
Menacing Twirl
Taming the Mace
Detour from Doom
Cross of Death
Capturing the Storm
Conquering Shield
Encounter with Danger
Kneel of Compulsion
Circle of Doom
Broken Gift
Securing the Storm
Intercepting the Ram
Leap from Danger
Glancing Wing
GREEN BELT
Circling Fans
Falcons of Force
The Bear and the Ram
Glancing Spear
Raining Lance
Thrust Into Darkness
Protecting Fans
Rotating Destruction
Courting the Tiger
The Ram and the Eagle
Desperate Falcons
Glancing Lance
Escape from Darkness
Unfurling Crane
Deceptive Panther
Grasping Eagles
Gathering of the Snakes
Thrusting Lance
Unfolding the Dark
Destructive Fans
Marriage of the Rams
Parting of the Snakes
Dominating Circles
Piercing Lance
Leap of Death
Entwined Maces
Reprimanding the Bears
Blinding Sacrifice
Entwined Lance
Fatal Deviation
Snakes of Wisdom
Falling Falcon
3RD DEGREE BROWN BELT
Extensions of Orange Belt
2ND DEGREE BROWN BELT
Extensions of Purple Belt
1ST DEGREE BROWN BELT
Extensions of Blue Belt
1ST DEGREE BLACK BELT
Extensions of Green Belt
32 TECHNIQUE SYSTEM
Elements of Technique
Basics, Concepts &
Principles and Related
Techniques contained
within this self-defense
technique appear here.
Supplemental Notes
Alternate Versions
of the technique or
supplementary notes
appear in BLUE.
Standard Description
The standard method of
performing the defense
appears in BLACK.
Performance Notes
Details on the
performance of each
move appears in RED.
In addition, if there are
variations in the original
manuals it will appear
here.
YELLOW BELT
DELAYED SWORD
NAMEIn this technique, a handsword will be utilized to
counter-strike against a lapel grab attack; however, the
handsword (sword) will be delayed from the first defensive
action by a kick.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Hammering Inward Block
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage
Torque
Control of the Dimensional Zones
Contouring
Open-Ended Triangle
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Sword of Destruction
Deflecting Hammer
Intellectual Departure
Falcons of Force
Five Swords
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Hand Lapel Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #1
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #1
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
NONE
DELAYED SWORD
TECHNIQUE
This technique was originally
called Retreating Sword. In this
version,
the
handsword
immediatley followed the block
and a right front snapping ball
kick to the opponents groin
concluded the technqiue. After
the kick was delivered, the right
foot planted back toward 6:00.
Unfortunately, many students
were retreating too early and, in
effect, moving away from the
handsword strike. To correct this
error, the technique was
changed by delaying the
handsword with the kick.
This technique was originally
taught as a defense against a
punch. In later versions of Kenpo,
it was placed at the #1 position in
Yellow Belt was made into a
defense against a lapel grab. It
should be noted that in its present
form, this technique is better
suited as a defense against a
punch or an attempted lapel
grab. Once the grab is made,
however, the concept of Get
the Upper Hand must follow. In
such circumstances, utilize the
following variation:
Step 1
With your left hand pin the
opponents right hand to your left
shoulder as you step back with
your left foot and form a right
neutral bow stance. This action
should pull the opponents right
arm controlling his Dimensional
Zones. Deliver a right hammering
inward block to either the nerves
inside his right arm or, if range
allows, to the bridge of his nose.
Steps 2-3
[SAME]
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance as you deliver a right hammering
inward block to the inside of the opponents right arm.
Your left hand is positioned at solar plexus level to act as
a positional check.
By stepping away from your opponent, you increase the distance
and give yourself more time to defend.
A general rule is to get your distance first AND THEN the rotation.
The right inward block should not knock the opponents arm away
as it would create a rotation and may invite the opponents left
hand into action. Instead, your right arm makes contact just below
the opponents elbow and frictionally pulls toward the opponents
right wrist. This will create an Angle of Disturbance and momentarily
control his Dimensional Zones.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
ALTERNATING MACES
NAMEA mace was an ancient weapon of war that
consisted of a stick and some type of weighted striking
surface at one end. In this defense your arms (maces) will
alternate in their defensive actions.
BASICS
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Back Up Mass
Bracing Angle
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Above
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #2
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #2
32 System
Not found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Raining Claw
Snaking Talon
Circling Fans
Reversing Mace
FORM LOCATION
None
ALTERNATING MACES
TECHNIQUE
The defense is sometimes called
ALTERNATING MACE.
In the Ideal Phase, the
opponent steps forward with his
right foot as he pushes with both
hands.
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
inward block to the outside of the opponents left arm.
Your left hand checks at solar plexus level.
This action controls the opponents Width Zone and redirects his
forward body momentum.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
SWORD OF DESTRUCTION
NAMEThe name destruction is a symbolic term used to
describe an action stemming from the left side of the body.
In this defense, a left (destruction) punch is attempted
which is defended with an extended outward block and
countered with a handsword (sword) to the left side of the
opponents neck.
BASICS
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Torque
Gravitational Marriage
Angle of Disturbance
Contouring
ATTACK
FRONT:
Left roundhouse
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #3
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #3
32 System
Not found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Delayed Sword
Deflecting Hammer
Intellectual Departure
Shielding Hammer
FORM LOCATION
None
SWORD OF DESTRUCTION
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
extended outward block to the inside of the opponents
left forearm. Your left hand should cover in front of your
solar plexus.
You may insert a left minor inward parry as an added defensive
measure.
2. Slide your right foot back into a transitional right 45degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front
snapping ball kick to the opponents groin.
This will control the opponents Height Zone.
By pivoting into a cat stance, you will rotate your upper body to
face the opponent. This will enable you to add rotational force with
the next strike (handsword strike). Your shoulders are essentially
cocking for the strike.
3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of
the opponents neck. Immediately snap your right hand
back to act as a check.
Your right arm contours the inside of the opponents left arm to find
its target.
Utilize Marriage of Gravity with the handsword strike.
After snapping your right hand back, keep your right elbow
anchored to act as a positional check to your right rib cage.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated snapping your right hand
back to check the opponents left shoulder. The 1975 IKKA Red
Manual indicated snapping your right hand back to check the left
inner wrist of the opponent.
Your right leg acts as a Positional Check to the opponents left leg.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
DEFLECTING HAMMER
NAMEThe name of this technique refers to the Angle of
Deflection that the downward blocking arm follows. A
downward block (hammering) is used to deflect the
opponents kick.
BASICS
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Block
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Inward Elbow Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Cut Circle in Half
Compact Unit
Borrowed Force
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Thrusting Ball Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #4
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #4
32 System
Not found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Delayed Sword
Sword of Destruction
Mace of Aggression
Intellectual Departure
Buckling Branch
Dance of Darkness
FORM LOCATION
None
DEFLECTING HAMMER
TECHNIQUE
Some instructors teach this as a
defense against a right side kick
beginning in a right neutral bow
stance. If you begin this defense
in a right neutral bow stance,
execute a reverse push-drag
maneuver simultaneously with
your right outward downward
diagonal block.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
CAPTURED TWIGS
NAMEThe term twigs is used to symbolically represent your
arms. In this defense the opponent has pinned (captured)
your arms against your body.
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike
90-Degree Cat Stance
Upward Snapping Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Downward Stomp Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Gravitational Marriage
Contouring
Borrowed Force
ATTACK
REAR
Bear Hug
with arms pinned
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #5
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #5
32 System
Not Found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crushing Hammer
Squeezing the Peach
Spiraling Twig
Squatting Sacrifice
FORM LOCATION
None
CAPTURED TWIGS
TECHNIQUE
This defense illustrates stepping
to the side to expose the
opponents vulnerable targets
that lie along the centerline. It
also introduces the concept of
the Obscure Zone.
1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponents hands
to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right back
hammerfist strike to his groin.
The hammerfist strike should cause the opponent to bend forward at
the waist and possibly release his grip.
When you form your horse stance, brace your buttocks on his left
thigh to control his Dimensional Zones. By dropping your weight, you
control his Height Zone.
By pinning his hands, you will prevent any unanticipated reactions.
A right rear heel palm strike to the groin and grab to the testicles
may be delivered to increase the possiblity of an early release.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual incorrectly stated which of the
opponents hands are cleared by your right and left hands.
10
CAPTURED TWIGS
11
ATTACK
LEFT FLANK
Right Arm Headlock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Close Kneel Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Arm Bar Lock
Transitory Forward Bow Stance
Downward Snapping Inverted Vertical Punch
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Distract
Contouring
Leveraging
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #6
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #6
32 System
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Grip of Death
Escape from Death
Crossing Talon
FORM LOCATION
None
12
TECHNIQUE
1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
chest as you step forward with your right foot toward
12:00 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your
left knee to check and control the opponents right
knee. Simultaneously countergrab the opponents right
wrist with your right hand. Use your left hand to grab the
flesh of his right inner thigh.
Depending upon circumstances you may need to step toward
10:30.
A left reverse handsword strike may preceed the crab hand pinch.
Some practitioners deliver a left underhand heel palm strike and
grab the groin.
3. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you use your left forearm to apply
a right arm bar lock and force the opponent to bend
forward at his waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
13
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Overhead Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #7
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #7
32 System
Not found
FORM LOCATION
None
14
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 3:00 as you defend with
a right inward parry. Immediately slide your left foot
toward your right foot and form a left 45-degree cat
stance facing 10:30 as you defend with a left extended
outward handsword block to the right inner wrist of the
opponent. Your right hand (hand open) acts as a check
in front of your solar plexus.
The defense motions are designed to check the attack and not
block them. Your defense footwork should move you off the Line of
Attack and away from danger. They should be executed in one
smooth continuous motion.
Your left foot will point toward the opponents groin (centerline).
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual described using a right inward block.
This has caused some confusion with practitioners thinking that they
needed to block the weapon. Your footwork evasion should do all
the work for you; your hands are used as an added defense.
In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics
derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left
counterclockwise snake disarm may be inserted.
15
4. Plant your right foot toward 10:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right outward back knuckle
strike to the opponents left temple. Your left hand
remains checking at your solar plexus.
This strike should drive the opponents head away from you and
possibley cause his body to drop to the ground.
Another version of this technique directed the kick to be delivered
to the inside of the opponents left knee. This will turn the opponents
body counterclockwise and present his right ribcage or right temple
as targets.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
16
MACE OF AGGRESSION
NAMEIn this technique, the fist (mace) will be used in a
raking method of attack while you are being pulled toward
the opponent. The action of a rapid and aggressive forward
step accompanies the raking fist. Hence the name, Mace of
Aggression.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Get the upper hand
Anchoring
Purposeful Compliance
Gauging Distance
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Lapel Grab
(pulling in)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Above Both
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #8
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #8
32 System
Not found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Snapping Twig
Twin Kimono
Raking Mace
Heavenly Ascent
Destructive Twins
Deflecting Hammer
FORM LOCATION
None
17
MACE OF AGGRESSION
TECHNIQUE
This defense is sometimes used
against a two hand lapel grab
pulling into a head butt strike.
18
MACE OF AGGRESSION
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
19
ATTACKING MACE
NAMEIn this defense, the opponent attacks with a step
through punch (mace). Mace is a symbolic term used to
describe a closed fist.
BASICS
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Straight Thrust Punch
Roundhouse Kick
Forward Bow Stance
Snapping Vertical Punch
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Torque
Body Momentum
ATTACK
FRONT
right, step-through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #9
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #9
32 System
Not found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thundering Hammers
Sleeper
Dance of Death
FORM LOCATION
None
20
ATTACKING MACE
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
inward block to the outside of the opponents right arm.
Your right hand cocks near your solar plexus slightly
forward with the palm up and the fist clenched.
The action will turn the Width of the opponent and close his
centerline; thereby, controlling his Width Zone and his left punch.
21
ATTACKING MACE
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
22
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Left Hand
Shoulder Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #10
Orthodox 24 System
Yellow #10
32 System
Not Found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Sword
Falcons of Force
Obscure Claws
Obscure Wing
Snakes of Wisdom
Sword of Destruction
FORM LOCATION
NONE
23
TECHNIQUE
This technique is often taught as
an example how the Kenpo SelfDefense Techniques contain builtin answers to many What If
scenarios. For example, if the
opponent is attacking with a left
hand grab followed by a right
hand punch, the right outward
handsword may be used strike his
right shoulder and prevent his
ability to punch (controlling the
Width Zone). If the opponent
attempts to punch AFTER your
handsword strike, you can take
advantage of your right arms
path of travel and defend with a
right inward block.
NOTE: The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio
Manuals do not indicate an Angle of Departure.
24
ORANGE BELT
CLUTCHING FEATHERS
NAMEThis technique receives its name from the manner in
which the opponent grabs (clutches) your hair (feathers).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Middle Knuckle Fist Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extended Outward Block
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Downward (Rear) Hammerfist Strike
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Front Twist Stance
Vertical Punch
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Threading Knee Kick
Outward Heel Palm Strike
Inward Circular Five-Finger Claw
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Opposing Forces
Frictional Pull
Open Ended Triangle
Progressive Directional Harmony
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Hand Hair Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #1
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #1
32 System
Orange #1
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
Bow of Compulsion
Hooking Wings
Glancing Spear
Sword of Destruction
25
CLUTCHING FEATHERS
BASE TECHNIQUE
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
described the technique in the
following manner:
Step 1
Pin the opponents hand to your
head as you step back with your
left foot and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right
vertical thrusting middle knuckle
fist strike.
Step 2
While in your neutral bow stance,
strike to the inside of the
opponents left forearm with a
right vertical outward block as
your left hand cocks palm up at
your left hip.
Step 3
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw while switching
your vertical outward block into
an extended outward block.
Note the elimination of Step 2 in
the modern description.
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents left hand to your
head. Simultaneously step to 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance as you deliver a right vertical middle
knuckle fist strike to the nerves in the opponents left arm
pit.
The mechanics of this first motion mirrors the motions found in LONE
KIMONO.
By applying the pinning check with your left hand, you will neutralize
the opponents ability to create pain. This pin should be made
downward toward your head as your head presses unnoticably
upward. This will create a vice-like effect and cause pain to the
opponents left hand.
As it is pinning, your left arm should be in an upward block position
(positional block) shielding your head and face from strikes that
could be delivered from his right hand.
When you step back, your head should move with your body. In
addition, the step back will control his Dimensional Zones and create
an Angle of Disturbance.
26
CLUTCHING FEATHERS
27
CLUTCHING FEATHERS
EXTENSION
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
described the base technique
and extension as follows:
Step 1
Pin the opponents hand to your
head as you step back with your
left foot and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right
vertical thrusting middle knuckle
fist strike.
Step 2
While in your neutral bow stance,
strike to the inside of the
opponents left forearm with a
right vertical outward block as
your left hand cocks palm up at
your left hip.
Step 3
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw while switching
your vertical outward block into
an extended outward block.
Step 4
I m m e d i a t e l y
p i v o t
counterclockwise and form a
right neutral bow stance as you
deliver a right inward raking back
knuckle strike across the bridge of
the opponents nose.
Step 5
Without a loss of motion, pivot
counterclockwise and form a
right reverse bow stance as you
deliver a right downward (rear)
hammerfist to the opponents
groin.
Step 6
From the right reverse bow
stance, execute a right rear
scoop kick to the opponents
groin.
Step 7
From the kick, execute a right
front crossover and double
coverout.
Note: No Angle of Departure was
specified.
28
TRIGGERED SALUTE
NAMEIn this defense, we allow the opponents push to
trigger our defensive reaction and deliver a thrusting palm
strike (salute).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Thrusting Handsword Strike
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Thrusting Uppercut Punch
Rear Twist Stance
Inward Claw
Back Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage
Torque
Anchoring
Frictional Pull
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Hand
direct push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #2
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #2
32 System
Orange #2
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Glancing Salute
Gripping Talon
29
TRIGGERED SALUTE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents right hand
against your chest as you step forward (toward 11:00)
with your right foot and form a right neutral bow stance
to buckle the inside of the opponents right knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
his chin.
Deliver the heel palm strike from Point of Origin. Do not cock for the
strike.
2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and
frictionally slide down the opponents right arm to hook
his right arm toward 5:30. Round the Corner and deliver a
right inward horizontal elbow strike to his solar plexus.
The frictional pull will bring the opponents upper body forward and
diagonally to his right.
This action can create a wrench against his right arm. During this
action, the opponents right arm may be straight or bent.
Enroute to the crane to this right arm, execute a right inward rotating
five-finger claw across his face and eyes.
The crane hand should actually strike the opponents biceps.
30
TRIGGERED SALUTE
EXTENSION
5. Deliver a right thrusting handsword strike to the
opponents right shoulder. Immediately check his right
arm downward with your right hand and deliver a left
inward overhead heel palm strike and claw to his face.
The uppercut punch in the Base Technique is eliminated. After your
right outward horizontal elbow and back knuckle strikes, go
immediatley into the thrusting handsword to his right shoulder.
The thrusting handsword strike to his right shoulder controls his Width
Zone; however, striking his right shoulder may send his left arm into
orbit toward you. Therefore, many modern practioners deliver the
thrusting handsword strike to his left shoulder. If you strike to his left
shoulder, you may also insert a right inward claw across his face
enroute to checking his right arm down.
Many practitioners pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow
stance to enhance the range and effectiveness of the left inward
overheadheel palm strike and claw.
7. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and form a left rear twist
stance as you deliver a left inward claw to the
opponents face simultaneous with a right back elbow
strike (palm up) to his solar plexus.
Your left hand passes through the opponents face to guard your
own.
Your right arm delivers a sweeping check prior to delivering the
elbow strike.
Some practitioners utilize a left two-finger poke to the opponents
eyes instead of the inward claw.
31
TRIGGERED SALUTE
32
DANCE OF DEATH
NAMEIn the extension of this technique, a method of
stomping the opponent is utilized in a dance-like manner.
The seriousness of the consequences of these actions is
reflected in the word, death.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike
Forward Step Through Maneuver
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Extension
Front Heel Stomp
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike
Back Heel Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Deflection
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #3
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #3
32 System
Orange #3
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thundering Hammers
Sleeper
Flashing Mace
33
DANCE OF DEATH
BASE TECHNIQUE
The Ideal Phase of this defense
has the opponents right leg
back; thereby enabling you to
step toward 12:00 without any
obstruction. If his right foot is
forward, it may accidentally track
upward and strike your groin.
Therefore, when his right leg is
forward, you must step toward
10:30 to close off this line of entry.
Stepping toward 10:30 will enable
you to buckle the inside of his
right leg. There are three methods
that are used to step forward:
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left
thrusting inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally
along the right side of your body.
METHOD 1
A right forward step through
toward 10:30.
METHOD 2
A left front rotating twist stance to
close off your line of entry and
establish your angle. As you
execute the rotating twist stance,
you left foot adjusts around the
opponents right (lead) leg. Once
you establish your angle, execute
a right forward step through
toward 10:30. Use your right knee
to buckle the opponents right
leg and assist with the takedown.
NOTE: This type of maneuver is
known as a forward twist through.
METHOD 3
A right step through knee kick to
the inside of the opponents right
leg planting toward 10:30. This
action will close off your line of
entry and force his leg outward.
The step toward 10:30 with your left foot moves you off the Line of
Attack. The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00;
a later update and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping
toward 10:30.
Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position.
Your inward block controls the opponents Width Zone.
34
DANCE OF DEATH
35
DANCE OF DEATH
EXTENSION
6. With your right hand, grab the outside of his right ankle
and slide your left hand to the top of his toes.
As your right arm moves toward his right ankle, contour along his leg.
This will enable you to monitor the opponent and control his leg.
10. Shift your entire body weight onto your left leg (having
your right leg close to your left leg) as you stand on the
opponents lower spine. Plant your right foot to the back
right side of the opponents body (toward 4:30).
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 4:00.
11. Lift your left leg off the opponents spine and balance on
your right leg (right one-legged stance). Plant your left
foot toward 10:30 to deliver a left stomp to pinch his right
kidney before landing it to the side of his right ribcage.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping toward 11:00.
36
DANCE OF DEATH
14. Shift your entire body weight onto your right leg (right
one-legged stance) as you stand on top of the
opponents upper spine. Step through with your left foot
and plant toward 10:30 so that you end to the front left
of his head.
Your left foot leaps toward a Zone of Sanctuary. You should plant
your left foot so that you are out of range of his left arm but still within
range to kick with your right foot.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 11:00.
37
THRUSTING SALUTE
NAMEThe name of this technique stems from the principle
manner in which the opponent is strucka thrusting heel
palm strike (salute).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Block
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Torquing Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Vertical Thrust Punch
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Chopping Punch
Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Punch (Strike)
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Torque
Borrowed Force
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Cross of Destruction
Defying the Storm
Menacing Twirl
Leap of Death
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Thrusting Ball Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #4
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #4
32 System
Orange #13
FORM LOCATION
None
38
THRUSTING SALUTE
BASE TECHNIQUE
This technique may be used as
a defense against a right snap
kick or a righ thrust kick.
39
THRUSTING SALUTE
3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right torquing
(counterclockwise) heel palm strike to the opponents
jaw. Your left hand acts a positional check near your
right ribcage.
Use your right knee to check the opponents right knee.
Utilize your Body Momentum and Gravitational Marriage when
executing this strike. This strike will cause the opponents head to
snap back and possibly cause his entire body to move away from
you.
When you deliver the thrusting heel palm strike, force the
opponents head backward and downward to minimize his
leverage and to prevent him from delivering a right knee kick to your
groin.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practioner to plant toward
11:00. A later revision changed this to 10:30. This change coincided
with the angle change on the initial step.
40
THRUSTING SALUTE
EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
as you deliver a left vertical thrust punch to the
opponents solar plexus simultaneously with a right
outward horizontal heel palm strike across his midsection.
This action should momentarily check the opponents Width and
Depth Zones as well as hurt and disturb his breathing.
41
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION
NAMEThe term gift is used to symbolize a handshake.
While offering a gesture of trust, the opponent attempts a
left punch (destruction). Hence the name, Gift of
Destruction.
BASICS
Base
Thrusting Knee Kick
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Front Crossover
Transitional Left Front Twist Stance
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Threading Knee Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
ATTACK
FRONT
Handshake
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #5
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #5
32 System
Orange #4
FORM LOCATION
None
42
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Pull the opponents right arm diagonally downward past
your right hip as you hop forward onto your left foot
toward 11:00 and deliver a right thrusting knee kick to
the opponents groin. Simultaneously deliver a left inward
horizontal heel palm strike to the opponents right elbow.
As you pull the opponents right arm, rotate your right arm clockwise
palm upward. This will properly expose his right elbow for your heel
palm strike.
The combination of pulling the opponents right arm and leaping
forward will propel your right knee thrust with greater velocity and
will enable you to take advantage of Back Up Mass.
43
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION
EXTENSION
Another version of the extension
follows:
Step 3
Adjust Up the Circle with our left
foot and gauge for distance.
Immediately deliver a right
outward horizontal back knuckle
strike to the opponents solar
plexus to bend him forward at the
waist. Your left hand checks high.
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance facing 10:30
as you deliver a left outward twofinger eye hook simultaneously
with a right outward reverse
hammerfist strike to the
opponents right jaw hinge.
Follow through with the reverse
hammerfist strike and convert it
into a right outward ranking back
knuckle strike to the opponents
face.
Step 5
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance and
you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal raking
hammerfist strike to the bridge of
the
opponents
nose
simultaneously with a left inward
two-finger eye hook.
Step 6
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right fighting horse stance and
deliver a right outward horizontal
hammerfist strike to the
opponents solar plexus.
Step 7
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
4:30.
44
GIFT OF DESTRUCTION
45
LOCKING HORNS
NAMEThe name of this defense is derived from the manner
in which horned animals lock their horns together in their
struggle for dominance.
ATTACK
FRONT
Headlock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Wide Kneel Stance
Underhand Reverse Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike
Downward Heel Palm Strike
Push-Drag Foot Maneuver
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Heel Palm Push-Down Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
Downward Stomp Kick
Rear Crossover Stomp Kick
Reverse Step Through
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Zone of Obscurity
Contouring
Sandwiching
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #6
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #6
32 System
Orange #5
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Circling Wing
Gripping Talon
Bow of Compulsion
Dance of Death
46
LOCKING HORNS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
wide kneel stance as you check the opponents right
knee with your left hand and deliver a right underhand
reverse handsword strike to his groin.
Turn your head and tuck your chin into your chest to protect your
breathing.
Your left hand checks directly above the opponents right knee cap
(patella) and pushes down with a left push down block (fingers
turned toward right). This action controls his Dimensional Zones by
locking his right knee.
The position of your right reverse handsword strike to the opponents
groin acts as a Positional Check against his left knee.
Some practitioners step forward and form a right close kneel stance.
This has the advantage of generating torque as you pivot
counterclockclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance in the
next move. The earliest version of this defense (pre-1975) utilized a
close kneel.
47
LOCKING HORNS
48
LOCKING HORNS
EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal
back knuckle strike to the opponents right rib cage
simultaneously with a left heel palm push-down strike
(fingers are horizontal and pointed inward) to his solar
plexus.
Your left arm is over your right arm.
Some practitioners deliver a left vertical thrust punch to his solar
plexus (over the right arm) as the right hand delivers the outward
horizontal back knuckle strike.
An early version of this extension (pre-1975) utilized a left torquing
palm strike (fingers horizontal and
pointing inward) to the
opponents face.
8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 (left reverse step
through) and execute a right front crossover and double
cover out toward 7:30.
Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
49
LONE KIMONO
NAMEThe name of this self-technique stems from the single
hand (lone) grab to your shirt or jacket (kimono is a
Japanese tunic). Thus, LONE KIMONO best describes this
technique.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Block (break)
Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Extension
Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Right Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Thrusting Handsword Strike
Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick
Inward Handsword Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Gravitational Marriage
Squeegee Principle
Angle of Cancellation
Pivot Point
Locking
Frictional Pull
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Hand Lapel Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #8
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #7
32 System
Orange #6
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Clutching Feathers
Snapping Twig
Hooking Wings
Twin Kimono
Delayed Sword
Obscure Sword
50
LONE KIMONO
BASE TECHNIQUE
In the 1975 IKKA Red Manual,
this technique was placed at #6
due to the placement of
Thrusting Salute at #13.
1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, pin his left hand
with your left hand and deliver a right upward block
against his left elbow as you settle into your stance.
Many attackers will have a natural rotation outward when they
grab. We take advantage of this rotation by further rotating the
opponents left arm clockwise to place his elbow at the lowest point.
The strike against his elbow is designed to control his three
Dimensional Zones.
The first three actions should be PIN with the STEP and ROTATE with
the BREAK.
3. After cocking your right hand slightly toward your left hip
(palm up) deliver a right outward upward diagonal
handsword strike to his throat. Your left hand checks at
solar plexus level.
Round the corner of your inward downward diagonal forearm strike
to immediatley return with an outward upward diagonal handsword
strike.
51
LONE KIMONO
EXTENSION
The extension described in the
1975 IKKA Red Manual caused
some practioners confusion due
to the poor written description of
the 1st Degree Brown Belt
material. A corrected insert was
later introduced to properly
describe this and other
techniques.
Some practitioners do not slide
the left foot toward 4:30; instead,
they simply pivot in-place to
execute the right extended
outward block and left thrusting
handsword strike. In such
circumstances, the
right
extended outward block is
delivered from Point of Origin
after the upward forearm strike.
4. Slide your left foot toward your right foot (gauging leg)
and pivot counterclockwise as you deliver a right
thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of the opponents
right knee simultaneous with a right inward handsword
strike to the left side of the opponents neck. Your left
hand positionally checks near your solar plexus.
Your kick will make contact 1/4 beat before your handsword makes
contact.
A right inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike may
(and is often) utilized instead of the right inward handsword strike.
52
GLANCING SALUTE
NAMEGlancing refers to the method of execution that
your heel palm strike (salute) utilizes in this technique.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Forearm Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Reverse Bow Stance
Downward Heel Palm Strike
Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Inward Two-Finger Hook
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Opposing Forces
Torque
Back Up Mass
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Hand Cross push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #9
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #8
32 System
Orange #7
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Triggered Salute
Gift of Destruction
Menacing Twirl
53
GLANCING SALUTE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 (left neutral bow
stance) and pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow
stance facing 3:00 as you pin the opponents right hand
against your chest with your right hand. Simultaneously
deliver a left vertical forearm strike against his right
elbow.
This action controls the opponents Width Zone.
Ride the force of his push as you pivot clockwise.
A right vertical outward block is sometimes used to pin the
opponents right arm against your shoulder.
54
GLANCING SALUTE
EXTENSION
This extension also demonstrates
how to counter an opponents
attempt to grab your wrists in
reaction to your strikes. If the
opponent grabs your right and
left wrists (right hand to your left
wrist and left hand to your right
wrist) after you execute the right
reverse bow buckle to the inside
of his left knee (Step 6), rotate inplace and execute a right front
crossover sweep kick to the back
of the opponents right ankle as
you use your right arm to track
along your left forearm and
break the opponents grip. As
you plant and settle into a left
rear twist stance, deliver a right
two-finger
poke
to
the
opponents eyes. As you clear
the opponents arms, it will
simultaneously cross check his
arm in a manner similar to
DESPERATE FALCONS. Notice how
this is simply an application of the
Orthodox Version.
An early version (pre-1975)
ended by executing a right front
crossover sweep kick and
planting with a left two-finger eye
hook after the right reverse bow
buckle (Step 6).
5. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 to form a left rear twist
stance as you deliver a right outward downward
diagonal heel palm strike to the opponents solar plexus
simultaneous with a left inward horizontal heel palm claw
to his face.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot (gauging
leg) to your right foot and stepping toward 2:00 with your right foot.
The right inward horizontal elbow strike will turn the opponents head
into your left inward claw. Some practitioners use a left inward twofinger hook to the opponents eyes.
55
FIVE SWORDS
NAMEThis technique receives its name from the original
version which contained five handswords (swords) as the
primary weapons. Practitioners no longer train these
specialized weapons for effective combat use, so some
hand weapon formations were changed; the name,
however, remains the same.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Five-Finger Thrust
Uppercut Punch
Outward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike
Extension
Inward Upward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw
Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Back Stiff-Leg Lifting Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #10
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #9
32 System
Orange #8
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
56
FIVE SWORDS
BASE TECHNIQUE
Another version of this defense,
called the High Five, delivers all
the strikes to the neck and head.
1. With your right foot step forward and from a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 to check the inside of the
opponents right knee. Simultaneously defend with a
right inward block to the inside of his right forearm. Your
left hand checks high.
Some practitioners deliver the block to the opponents right biceps
and use the left check hand as the actual block (left extended
outward block). Others deliver the block to the opponents right
shoulder and use the left check hand as the actual block (left
extended outward block). In both cases. The right hand will not have
much much distance to travel for an effective strike and will result in
a minor strike. Most instructors teach the inward block to be
delivered below the opponents elbow with a high left check. In this
instance, the opening defensive move of FIVE SWORDS is an
example of blocking with a check anticipating its need. Regardless,
the left check hand should hurt the opponent when it is delivered; it
should not be passive.
This action is designed to expose the opponents Width Zone and
targets.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. The
1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted this angle.
57
FIVE SWORDS
4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left outward
downward diagonal handsword strike to the left side of
the opponents neck.
During this action, your right hand acts as a positional check against
the opponents left arm.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding the left foot toward 4:00.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated striking the left side of the
opponents jaw with a left outward heel palm strike instead of the
handsword strike.
58
FIVE SWORDS
EXTENSION
6. Deliver a left inward upward diagonal heel palm strike
under the opponents chin. Immediately convert this into
a left inward five-finger circular claw across his face as
your right hand cocks (palm up) to the left side of your
heart.
This action will turn the opponents head toward you.
Your left hand may also utilize an inward two-finger hook to his eye.
As your left arm is delivering the inward upward diagonal heel palm
strike your right arm drops to cover low. During this action, it may
claw across the opponents face. This will create a scissoring action
with your claws.
59
BUCKLING BRANCH
NAMEBranch is a term used to describe the leg. This
technique utilizes a method of kicking designed to buckle
the opponents stance by kicking behind his knee.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Block
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Front Twist Stance
Knife-Edge Kick
Extension
Transitory Reverse Bow Stance
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Inward Overhead Vertical Hammerfist Strike
Knee Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Vertical Upward Heel Palm Claw
Inward Heel Palm Claw
Close Kneel Stance
Underhand Back Knuckle Strike
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Back-Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage
Open Ended Triangle
Tracking
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Step Through
Thrust Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #4
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #10
32 System
Orange #18
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gift in Return
Brushing the Storm
Menacing Twirl
60
BUCKLING BRANCH
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step toward 4:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously deliver a
left outward downward block to the outside of the
opponents left leg as your right hand cocks to your right
hip (fist clenched; palm up). Immediately recoil your left
hand counterclockwise into a vertical position to act as
a positional check.
Your right hand may deliver a minor inward downward block (palmup) prior to delivering your left outward downward block (major).
This action is intended to generate pain in the opponents leg as
well as to control his Width Zone by turning him and exposing his
centerline.
Your left hand shifts to an extended outward but relaxed handsword
position to act as a Positional Check.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your
right foot.
3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 and form
a right front twist stance. Immediately deliver a left knifeedge kick to the inside of his right knee from the rear.
When you plant your right foot in twist stance, you are essentially
forming a right front rotating twist stance.
If necessary, your right foot may modify the twist stance to properly
gauge for distance and angle.
Position your hands in open in a defensive position.
Some practitioners plant forward to form a left neutral bow stance
to check the opponents left hip prior to covering.
61
BUCKLING BRANCH
62
BUCKLING BRANCH
EXTENSION
4. From Point of Contact, plant your left foot toward 9:30
and form a transitory left reverse bow stance.
Immediately pivot counterclockwise (and in place) to
form a left front rotating twist stance. Simultaneously
check the opponents left shoulder with your left hand
and execute a right inward overhead vertical hammerfist
strike to his solar plexus. Immediately follow with a right
knee kick to the middle of his spine.
Your right hand will travel over the opponents left shoulder and to
the front of his solar plexus.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated that you should deliver the right
knee kick if it is feasible to do so.
Some practitioners pivot counterclockwise to form a left forward
bow stance and eliminate the twist stance and knee kick.
63
BUCKLING BRANCH
64
SCRAPING HOOF
NAMEThe technique receives its name from the manner in
which you use your foot to kick and scrape the opponents
legs. It resembles a horse or bull scraping the ground with its
hoof as a sign of aggression.
ATTACK
REAR
Full Nelson
(attempted)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Rear Head Butt Strike
Rear Bow Stance
Back Side Scooping Heel Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Downward Stomp Kick
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Crossover
Neutral Bow Stance
Rear Crossover
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Pinning
Reverse Marriage of Gravity
Contouring
Gravitational Marriage
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #11
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #11
32 System
Orange #9
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Repeated Devastation
Twirling Sacrifice
Entwined Lance
Captured Twig
65
SCRAPING HOOF
BASE TECHNIQUE
The standard curriculum states
that this defense and REPEATED
DEVASTATION repeat the
technique on the opposite side.
This is required for the purpose of
learning Short Form 3 and Long
Form 3. A practical street
application is described below:
Step 1
While in a full nelson hold with
your arms raised, thrust both of
the your fists toward the ground
to free you from his grasp and pin
his arms against your body.
Simultaneously, slide your left foot
slightly toward your right foot as
you straighten your knees and
back to deliver a rear head butt
strike to the opponents face.
Step 2
Bend your left knee and pivot
clockwise to form a right rear
bow stance facing 3:00. Drop
your weight and deliver a right
back side scooping heel kick to
the inside of the opponents left
knee.
Step 3
Immediately deliver a right
thrusting knife edge kick to the
inside of the opponents right
knee. Scrape down the
opponents right shin with the
knife edge of your foot. End with
a right downward stomp kick to
his right instep.
Step 4
Slide your right foot toward 12:00
and pivot clockwise to face the
opponent in a left rear twist
stance. This rotation coupled with
keeping the opponents right arm
pinned beneath your right arm
will create torque on the
opponents right arm and turn his
left shoulder away.
Step 5
Step out with your left foot and
complete your cover out by
executing a reverse step through
with your right foot toward 12:00.
66
SCRAPING HOOF
6. Step toward 11:00 with your right foot and execute a left
front crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.
67
SCRAPING HOOF
EXTENSION
Another method of performing
the takedown in this extension is
to immediately step toward 1:30
after your right reverse bow
stance buckle toward 7:30. Hook
your right foot around the
opponents right foot (keeping
your foot flat on the ground) and
press your right knee forward to
upset the opponents balance
and cause him to fall. Range and
the positional relationship
between you and your opponent
will determine if this is feasible.
4. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponents left
leg. Your arms cover during this process.
You may deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the opponents
groin and a left inward heel palm claw to his face simultaneous with
the right reverse bow buckle if you wish and circumstances allow.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
7:00.
68
GRIP OF DEATH
NAMEThe name of this defense was chosen to impress
upon the students mind the serious consequences that
could result if this lock is successfully applied.
ATTACK
LEFT FLANK
Right Arm Headlock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Close Kneel Stance
Inward Hammerfist Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Front Twist Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Snapping Knife-Edge Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Leveraging
Contouring
Sandwiching
RELATED TECHNIQUES
The Grasp of Death
Escape from Death
Crashing Wings
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #12
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #12
32 System
Orange #10
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
69
GRIP OF DEATH
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
chest as you step forward with your right foot toward
10:30 and form a right close kneel stance as you use your
left knee to check and control the opponents right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward hammerfist
strike to his groin with a left inward hammerfist strike to
this kidney.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00. The
revision indicated 10:30.
2. Contour your left arm over his right shoulder and use the
first two fingers of your hand to press under the
opponents nose (philtrum) as you anchor your elbow to
fulcrum his head backward and downward.
Depending upon circumstances, you may also grab his hair near his
forehead, the nerves under this chin, or you may simultaneously use
your thumb under his chin, your first and second fingers under his
nose and your third and fourth fingers into his right eye.
Leveraging the opponents head backward controls his Height Zone
and prevents him from delivering a knee kick.
Some practitioners deliver a left inward downward diagonal
hammerfist strike simultaneous with a right inward upward diagonal
hammerfist strike.
70
GRIP OF DEATH
EXTENSION
4. Execute a left front crossover sweep kick to the
opponents right foot and plant to form a left front twist
stance facing 10:30. Your left hand maintains its check to
his right arm and your right hand positionally checks.
5. Adjust your right foot (gauging leg) toward 6:00 to create
proper alignment for the next move. Immediately slide
your left foot toward 7:30 and form a left reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of this opponents left knee
from behind. Your left hand checks low and your right
hand checks high.
Attempt to execute the left reverse bow stance buckle to his left
knee while his right leg is still off the ground after your left front
crossover sweep kick. This may be accomplished by (1) timing the
left buckle to occur while his right leg is still in the air, or (2) holding his
right leg off the ground with your arms as you execute the buckle.
An early version of this extension (pre-1975) ended with the left
reverse bow buckle. Some practitioners still practice this method
today. The following two moves were added if you were unable to
time the buckle properly.
71
CROSSING TALON
NAMEThe term talon is used symbolically to represent a
wrist or arm grab. In this technique, the opponent cross
grabs your right wrist with his right hand (talon); hence, the
title CROSSING TALON.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Hand
Cross Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Forearm Strike
Arm Bar
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Heel Palm Strike
Five-Finger Claw
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Upward Knee Kick
Downward Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Outward Wrist Lock Break/Throw
Roundhouse Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Front Crossover Sweep
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #8
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #13
32 System
Orange #11
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Counter Grabbing
Angle of Disturbance
Locking/Breaking
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Darting Mace
Gripping Talon
Desperate Falcons
Mace of Aggression
72
CROSSING TALON
BASE TECHNIQUE
Another version of Crossing
Talon is found in Short Form 3. This
version, also known as the
fulcrum version, has your left
hand pin on top of your
opponents right hand as you
counter grab in the same
manner. The left elbow then
presses down on the opponents
right elbow as both arms act as
levers to force the opponent to
bend forward.
73
CROSSING TALON
74
CROSSING TALON
EXTENSION
7. Immediately plant your right foot to point of origin and
slide your left hand down the opponents right arm and
prepare for a wrist lock. Have your right hand position in
the same manner.
Your left hand grabs (pam down) the back of the opponents right
wrist with your left thumb on the back of the opponents hand. Your
right hand mirriors this position on the opposite side.
75
CROSSING TALON
11. Cock your left leg in the air and deliver a left thrusting
knife-edge kick to the opponents neck as you
simultaneously pull the opponents arm upward to
possibly cause a shoulder dislocation.
As you cock your left leg, there is the possibility of striking the
opponents elbow with your left knee (Sophisticated Basics).
Your left leg contours up the opponents arm as you cock your leg
for the kick.
76
REPEATING MACE
NAMEIn this technique, you will use repeated strikes with
your right fist (mace).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Hooking Parry (palm up)
Inward Horizontal Raking Hammerfist Strike
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Roundhouse Kick
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Spinning Back Heel Kick
Transitory Reverse Cat Stance
Back Scoop Kick
Stiff Leg Kick
Rear Crossover Heel Stomp
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation
Complementary Angles
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Reversing Mace
Snapping Twig
Shield and Sword
Circling Destruction
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Hand
direct push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #13
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #14
32 System
Orange #22
FORM LOCATION
None
77
REPEATING MACE
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense is a response to a
step through push to the center
of your chest. It may also be used
as a defense against a cross
hand push.
1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and pivot to form a
right neutral bow stance (facing 12:00) as you defend
with a left outward hooking parry (palm up) simultaneous
with a right inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to
his left kidney. Immediately loop back with a right
outward back knuckle strike to his left ribcage as you
settle into your stance.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
5:00.
There are three distinct phases of your stance during this initial
action. First, you will be in a modified right neutral bow stance as you
execute the left outward hooking parry. Second, you will rotate into
your stance with the right inward horizontal hammerfist strike. Third,
you will settle into your stance with the right outward back knuckle
strike.
Some practitioners deliver a right inward horizontal hooking middle
knuckle fist strike to create deeper penetration into the left kidney.
Your left outward hooking parry can be used in close quarters by
keeping the elbow anchored.
2. Shift your weight onto your left leg and deliver a right
inward downward diagonal looping roundhouse kick to
the back of his left knee.
This kick compliments the angle of the opponents left thigh and
strikes the top of his calf behind his knee. This action will cause his left
knee to buckle and force him onto his knees.
78
REPEATING MACE
EXTENSION
There are two positions from
which to force the opponent to
the groundfrom front and from
the rear of the opponent. The
method you choose will depend
upon the circumstances. Most
modern practitioners practice
moving toward the front of the
opponent.
From the Front
After your right inward downward
diagonal roundhouse kick, deliver
a right downward stomp to the
opponents left ankle and plant
to the outside of his left leg. Slide
your left foot forward and form a
left front twist stance as you
deliver a right outard downward
diagonal hammerfist strike to his
jaw. Pivot clockwise and form a
left neutral bow stance and
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike. Continue pivoting
clockwise and deliver a right
spinning back heel kick to the
opponents head or solar plexus.
The opponent is now on his back.
The remainder of the extension is
performed in the same manner.
From the Rear
After your right inward downward
diagonal roundhouse kick, plant
your right foot to point of origin
and slide your left foot forward to
form a left front twist stance as
you deliver a right outward
downward diagonal hammerfist
strike to the opponents sternum.
Pivot clockwise and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver
a left thrusting heel palm strike
upward and under his chin. Your
right
hand
checks
the
opponents left arm and hooks
the inside of his left arm to assist in
turning him. Continue pivoting
clockwise and deliver a right
spinning back heel kick to his
solar plexus. As you spin, use your
right hand to turn the opponent.
The remainder of the extension is
performed in the same manner.
79
REPEATING MACE
11. Plant your right foot and execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
80
SHIELDING HAMMER
NAMEShield is a term used to describe an extended
outward block. In this defense, you will utilize an extended
outward block followed by a hammer fist strike in a response
to the opponents attack.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Roundhouse
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Horizontal Dipping Outward Elbow Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Vertical Punch
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Upward Elbow Strike
Downward Torquing Heel Palm Strike
Spinning Back Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Fitting
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Sword of Destruction
Clutching Feathers
Unfurling Crane
Fatal Deviation
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #14
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #15
32 System
Orange #12
FORM LOCATION
None
81
SHIELDING HAMMER
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step back and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right extended
outward block to the inside of the opponents left
forearm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near
your right rib cage.
Many practitioners add a left minor block prior to delivering the right
extended outward block.
Your extended outward block should also act as a strike injuring the
arm as you block.
82
SHIELDING HAMMER
EXTENSION
4. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left vertical punch to
the opponents sternum simultaneous with a right
downward hammerfist strike to his groin.
Some practitioners utilize a right outward horizontal back knuckle
strike.
83
ATTACK
FRONT
Rear Hug
with arms free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Inverted Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Snapping Half Fist Strike (palm down)
Extension
45-Degree Cat Stance
Downward Vertical Claw
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Downward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #15
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #16
32 System
Orange #14
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Grip of Death
Tripping Arrow
Thrusting Prongs
Escape from Death
84
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step to 6:00 and form a left neutral
bow stance as you contour the opponents back and
deliver a left inward inverted back knuckle strike to his
left temple or mastoid. Simultaneously cock your right
hand in a half fist position palm upward below your right
pectoral muscle.
As you cock your right arm you may insert a right inward hooking
heel palm strike to the left side of his face.
When you cock your right arm, use this action check above the
opponents left arm, or, if possible, drive your right elbow to the rear
and clear his left arm from around your body. The position of your
right half fist then becomes a positional check to his left arm.
Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.
A left inward hooking wrist strike may also be utilized if circumstances
dictate.
2. Grab the opponents hair near his forehead and pull his
head backward and downward. Simultaneously pivot
counterclockwise and form a left forward bow stance as
you deliver a right snapping half fist strike (palm down) to
his throat. After the strike, immediately pivot back into
your left neutral bow stance and re-cock your right hand
in a palm up position below your right pectoral.
By pulling the opponents head backward and downward, you
control his Dimensional Zones.
Anchor your left elbow on his back, between his shoulder blades,
when fulcruming his head backward.
The action on pulling the opponents head backward is similar to
GRIP OF DEATH and CROSSING TALON.
Your half fist strike should aim at your left wrist. This will create a
backstop for the strike. This increases the effectiveness of your strike
and contributes to the principle of Sandwiching.
When you pivot counterclockwise into your left forward bow stance,
your left knee buckles the inside of the opponents right knee. This
further controls the opponents Dimensional Zones and creates an
Angle of Disturbance.
85
EXTENSION
Another version of the extension
is described below:
Step 3
Slide your left foot back and form
a left 45-degree cat stance as
you deliver a left downward
vertical claw to the opponents
face. Your right hand covers.
Step 4
Slide your left foot toward 9:00 so
that it is alongside and parallel
with
your
right
foot.
Simultaneously track down the
opponents right arm and grab
his right wrist with your left hand.
Immediately crescent step
a r o u n d a n d b e h i nd t h e
opponents right leg to buckle
the back of his right knee as you
deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to his left ribcage.
Step 5
Your right hand reaches up and
grabs the back of this opponents
collar or the hair (back of his
head) and pulls him downward
as you drop into a right wide
kneel stance.
Step 6
Deliver a left inward overhead
hammerfist strike to the
opponents heart.
Step 7
Deliver a right inward raking
hammerfist strike to the
opponents bridge of nose as you
quickly and suddenly slide your
right foot back and forma right
45-degree cat stance and allow
the opponent to fall to the
ground.
Step 8
Deliver a right inward downward
looping roundhouse kick to the
opponents face.
3. Slide your left foot back and form a left 45-degree cat
stance as you deliver a left downward vertical claw to
the opponents face. Your right hand covers.
The body momentum obtained by sliding backward into a left 45degree cat stance (Gravitational Marriage) adds to the effectivenss
of the left claw.
The claw to the face causes the opponent to reach up and grab his
face. This gives you the opportunity to grab his right wrst.
5. With your left hand still grabbing, circle your right foot
around and behind the opponents right foot to buckle
the back of his right knee as your right hand contours
clockwise, around, and behind up the opponents back
and end by holding the left side of his neck using his left
shoulder as a fulcrum.
6. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and drop to form a left
wide kneel stance as you pull the opponent down and
force his back onto your right knee.
7. Release your left hand and check the opponents action
at his chest. Simultaneously have your right hand slide
counterclockwise under his back and circle it overhead
to deliver a right inward overhead hammerfist strike to his
heart.
Your right knee acts as a backstop for your hammerfist strike.
At this point, the opponents head should be pointing toward 9:30.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
4:30.
86
Step 5
With your left hand still grabbing,
circle your right foot around and
behind the opponents right foot
to buckle the back of his right
knee as your right arm orbits
counterclockwise to deliver a
right heel palm strike to the
opponents left shoulder. Note:
this sequence is similar to
TRIPPING ARROW.
Step 6
Slide your left foot toward 4:30
and drop to form a left wide
kneel stance as you pull the
opponent down and force his
back onto your right knee.
Step 7
Release your left hand and
check the opponents action at
his chest. Simultaneously have
your
right
hand
slide
counterclockwise under his back
and circle it overhead to deliver
a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike to his heart.
[continued on next page]
87
Step 8
Execute a left downward
thrusting heel palm strike to his rib
cage as you slide your right foot
backward to form a right 45degree cat stance.
Step 9
Finish with a right inward
downward looping roundhouse
kick to the opponents face.
Step 10
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
4:30.
88
LOCKED WING
NAMEThe term wing is used in self-defense techniques to
represent an elbow. In this defense, the opponent locks your
right arm behind your back.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Back Heel Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Leveraging
Sandwiching
ATTACK
REAR
Right Arm
Hammerlock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #11
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #17
32 System
Orange #15
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spiraling Twig
Defying the Storm
Flight to Freedom
89
LOCKED WING
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab the
opponent's right wrist with your right hand.
You must begin your defense as soon as the opponent begins his
action.
Try to place your left leg against the inside of his right leg.
Some practioners step back and form a left reverse bow stance
toward 5:00 to buckle the inside of the oponnents left leg.
90
LOCKED WING
5. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 10:30 as you push the opponent off your
knee and onto the ground.
The 1987 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
11:00.
91
LOCKED WING
EXTENSION
5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand reaches
across the opponents back and grabs his chin from the
left side. Your right hand checks the opponents right
shoulder.
6. Slide your left foot toward 1:30 and pivot
counterclockwise to face 7:30 in a right neutral bow
stance as your right hand pushes the opponents right
shoulder as you simultaneously twist the opponents
head counterclockwise to turn the opponent facing
7:30.
7. Drop into a right wide kneel stance and force the
opponents back onto your right knee.
Use your left hand under the opponents chin to control the
opponents Height Zone and hold him in position for the strikes.
92
LOCKED WING
10. Spring upward and deliver a left back heel stomp kick to
the opponents face.
You may execute a left front crossover sweep kick across his face
prior to delivering the back heel stomp.
Stomp practitioners form a left one-legged stance to enhance the
effectivenessof the stomp.
93
OBSCURE WING
NAMEIn this technique, you will utilize a rear vertical elbow
strike. This strike travels in the obscure zone. In addition,
elbows are symbolically referred to as wings. Hence the title,
Obscure Wing.
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Left Hand
Shoulder Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Fighting Horse Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike
Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Over-the-Shoulder Back Knuckle Strike
Downward Heel Palm Strike
Side Scissor Headlock
Upward Knee Kick
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Modified Close Kneel Stance
Rear Twist Stance
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Gravitational Marriage
Back-up Mass
Torque
Get the Upper Hand
Settling
Obscure Zone
Borrowed Force
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #12
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #18
32 System
Orange #16
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Claws
Marriage of the Rams
Obscure Sword
Captured Twigs
94
OBSCURE WING
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents left hand to your
right shoulder. Simultaneously step to 3:00 and form a
right fighting horse stance as you deliver a right rear
elbow strike to the opponents solar plexus.
2. Immediately deliver a right back hammerfist strike to the
opponents groin.
You may also deliver a right back heel palm strke to the groin
followed by a grab to the testicles.
95
OBSCURE WING
EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a
right reverse bow stance to buckle the opponents left
leg. Simultaneously deliver a right over-the-shoulder
back knuckle strike to the opponents face with a left
downward heel palm strike to the back of his head to
sandwich.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right leg slides toward
7:00.
96
OBSCURE WING
10. Step out with your left foot and execute a double cover
out toward 6:00.
97
REVERSING MACE
NAMEMace is a term used to symbolically represent a
closed fist. In this defense you will employ the concept of
reverse motion in your defense. The extension of this
technique demonstrates reverse paths of motion.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Outward Parry
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Extension
Knife Edge Kick
Rear Crossover
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Knee Kick
Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Framing
Moving Up the Circle
Angle of Cancellation
Reverse Motion
Complementary Angles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #9
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #19
32 System
Orange #17
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Repeating Mace
Glancing Wing
Entwined Lance
Destructive Fans
98
REVERSING MACE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot
toward 4:30 and defend with a right inward parry
followed by a left outward parry. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a right outward horizontal back knuckle
strike to the opponents left lower ribcage. Your left hand
will end palm up on top of the opponents left arm like a
waiter carrying a tray.
Some instructors teach this as a right inward block followed by a left
vertical outward block. Regardless of the method used, the principle
remains the same. Note: the 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that
the defensive actions are blocks; the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicated that the defensive actions are parries. Blocks have the
added advantage of controlling the opponents Width Zone.
The back knuckle strike will cause the opponent to bend forward at
the waist.
This method of moving is called moving Up the Circle. By moving
Up the Circle, you place yourself within range of his ribcage and
gain a better angle from which to strike. You can also use the
opponent as an obstancle if there is another opponent.
By moving Up the Circle, you are at an angle which will enable you
to sophisticate the action of blocking by immediately following the
block with a right vertical thrust punch or a right two-finger poke to
his eye.
Your right leg should check the back of the opponents right knee.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate moving your left foot toward
5:00.
99
REVERSING MACE
EXTENSION
A noth er v ersi on of
description is as follows:
thi s
Step 3
From Point of Contact, plant your
right foot toward 12:00 so that
you end behind your opponent
and immediately drag your left
foot (gauging leg) toward your
right foot and deliver a right knife
edge kick to the inside of the
opponents right knee.
Step 4
From Point of Contact, plant your
right foot toward 10:30 and
immediately execute a left rear
crossover to form a left rear twist
stance as you simultaneoulsy
deliver a right outward overhead
hammerfist strike to the
opponents sternum. Your left
hand checks his left arm and
shoulder.
Step 5
In reaction to your strike, the
opponents left arm will come
upward. Take advantage of this
action by pinning his left arm
against your right hip in a manner
similar to LOCKED WING as you
pivot counterclockwise. This
action will create a fulcrum on his
left elbow joint. Continue to pivot
counterclockwise and form a left
neutral bow stance and deliver a
left rear elbow strike to the back
of his head.
Step 6
Your left hand reaches across the
right side of his face and grabs his
chin (fingers to right; thumb
down). Adjust your right foot
t o wa r d 1 1 : 0 0 a n d pi v o t
counterclockwise to form a left
forward bow stance as you pull
the opponents head back and
claw
his
face
while
simultaneoulsy delivering a right
horizontal thrust punch to the
back of his head.
[continued on next page]
100
REVERSING MACE
Step 7
If he rises upward, grab his
shoulders and pull him into a right
knee kick to his lower spine.
Step 8
From Point of Contact, deliver a
right stomp to his left ankle.
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
12:00.
101
THRUSTING PRONGS
NAMEThis technique receives its name from the manner in
which your thumbs resemble prongs during its thrusting
action.
BASICS
Base
Modified Left Forward Bow Stance
Twin Thumb Thrusts
Upward Knee Kick
Rear Elbow Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Downward Stomp Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Back Scooping Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back Up Mass
Gravitational Marriage
Contouring
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Glancing Salute
Tripping Arrow
Spiraling Twig
ATTACK
FRONT
Rear Hug
with arms pinned
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #10
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #20
32 System
Orange #19
FORM LOCATION
None
102
THRUSTING PRONGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Slide your right foot toward 6:00 and form a modified left
forward bow stance as you deliver twin thumb thrusts to
the opponents groin.
Have only your right foot move back and not your upper body as
you form the left forward bow stance. This utilizes Mid-Point Balance.
The thumb strikes to the groin are designed to move the opponents
hip backward to create room for the following strikes. Keep your
thumbs together during the strike.
Be cautious of having the opponents head accidentally strike your
face in reaction to the groin strike. You may prevent this by placing
the right side of your face against the right side of his face.
The forward bow stance creates a Bracing Angle against the
opponents forrward Body Momentum.
103
THRUSTING PRONGS
104
THRUSTING PRONGS
EXTENSION
Another version of the extension
is described below:
Step 5
Slide your right foot toward 9:00
and form a left front twist stance
facing 3:00 as your right hand
hooks (in the shape of the crane)
the right side of his neck and
head and forces his head
downward.
Step 6
Deliver a right upward knee kick
to the opponents face.
Step 7
Momentarily plant your right foot
into a right neutral bow stance
and immediately bounce the
right foot to deliver a right back
scooping heel kick to the
opponents face.
Step 8
Finish with a right thrusting knife
edge kick to the inside of the
opponents left knee.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
7:30.
5. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30 as your right hand hooks (in the
shape of the crane) the right side of his neck and head
and forces his head downward. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a left inward overhead handsword strike
to the back of his neck. At this point your right hand is
covering near your stomach.
Anchor your right elbow to ensure its effectiveness.
105
TWISTED TWIG
NAMETwig is a symbolic term use to describe an arm. In
this defense when your arm is twisted in a wrist lock.
ATTACK
FRONT
Outward Wrist Lock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
Rear Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Rear Hammerfist Strike
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
Extension
Rear Crossover
Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Downward Two-Knuckle Punch
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thrusting Wedge
Circling Wing
Obscure Wing
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #15
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #21
32 System
Orange #20
FORM LOCATION
None
106
TWISTED TWIG
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponents right knee. Your left hand checks on top of
his right wrist to prevent him from applying leverage.
Simultaneously deliver a right upward elbow strike to his
solar plexus and/or jaw.
2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right fighting horse
stance as you deliver a right rear elbow strike to the
opponents solar plexus.
Your right hand will be palm upward as you execute the rear elbow
strike.
107
TWISTED TWIG
EXTENSION
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
incorrectly reversed the starting
12:00 position during the
description of the extension. It has
been corrected in this manual.
108
TWISTED TWIG
109
OBSCURE SWORD
NAMEThe title of this technique has a double meaning.
Obscure refers to actions taking place beyond our
peripheral range. As your opponent grabs you from the right
rear flank (obscure zone), you are unable to determine the
actual intent of the person grabbing you. If the person was
carrying a weapon, such as a knife, then the knife (sword)
would be obscured from your vision. Your counter action will
deliver a handsword (sword) from an angle which is obscure
to your opponent.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Extended Outward Block
Extension
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Elbow Strike
Rear Hammerfist Strike
Front-to-Back Switch
Knee Kick
Twin Heel Palm Strikes
Rear Crossover
Back Heel Stomp
Front Crossover Sweep Kick and Stomp
ATTACK
RIGHT REAR FLANK
Left Hand
Shoulder Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
4:30
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #16
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #23
32 System
Orange #21
FORM LOCATION
None
110
OBSCURE SWORD
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents left hand to your
right shoulder. Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your
left foot and form a left neutral bow stance. Your right
hand cocks under your heart in a palm up position.
By pulling on the opponents left hand as you step forward you
control his Dimensional Zones and disrupt his balance (Angle of
Disturbance).
Your opponent should not see your hands.
By placing your right hand under your heart it prevents it from being
grabbed by the opponent, enables it to be launched from an
obscure area, and cocks it (preparatory cock) for the next action.
This initial move utilizes the concept of Purposeful Defiance
(Opposition).
Some practitioners utilize a right reverse bow stance on this initial
action.
111
OBSCURE SWORD
112
OBSCURE SWORD
EXTENSION
4. Plant your left foot forward (gauging leg) and execute a
right front snapping ball kick to the inside of the
opponents right knee. During this action your left hand
positionally checks and your right hand is in a
preparatory cock position by your right ear.
5. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously execute a right
inward downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to
the left side of the bridge of the opponents nose.
Continue the action of your right hand and end in a
possible right outward downward diagonal hammerfist
strike to the opponents right collar bone or chest.
6. Slide your left foot behind your right leg and form a left
rear twist stance toward 12:00. Simultaneously deliver a
right outward back knuckle strike to the right bridge of
the opponents nose immediately followed by a right
upward elbow strike to his chin.
7. Slide your right foot back and form a right reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponents left knee.
Simultaneously deliver a right back elbow strike to the
opponents sternum followed by a right rear hammerfist
strike to the opponents groin.
You may have to adjust your angles if circumstances dictate.
113
OBSCURE SWORD
114
RAINING CLAW
NAMEThe name of this defense stems from one of the
major counter strikes utilizedan inward overhead heel
palm claw. As it descends, the claw appears, like rain from
a cloud.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Block
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Claw
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Vertical Back Knuckle Thrust
Extension
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Ricocheting Five-Finger Thrust
Vertical Downward Five-Finger Claw
Half Fist Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Direct Snaking Hammerlock
Wide Kneel Stance
Close Kneel Stance
Knee Drop
Back Heel Stomp
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Uppercut Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Above
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #13
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #23
32 System
Orange #23
FORM LOCATION
None
115
RAINING CLAW
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step to 6:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a right inward
downward block to the opponents right forearm. Your
left hand is guarding high to protect your head.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a downward
inward block.
By stepping back you increase the distance between the opponent
and you; thereby, nullifying the effect of his uppercut by taking you
out of range.
The block creates frictional pull which forces him downward and
pulls him forward to control his Dimensional Zones. In doing so, his
head will be brought forward.
116
RAINING CLAW
EXTENSION
An alternate version
extension is as follows:
of
the
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you
execute a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his chin and covert it into
a left ricocheting five-finger
thrust.
Step 5
Convert your left five-finger thrust
into a left vertical downward fivefinger claw as you pivot
counterclockwise to form a right
neutral bow stance. Deliver a
right half fist strike (palm up) to his
throat as you settle into your
stance.
Step 6
Slide your left foot toward 4:30
and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 10:30 as you deliver
a left outward horizontal heel
palm claw to the left side of his
face simultaneously with a right
outward horizontal back knuckle
strike to his solar plexus.
Step 7
Slide your left foot toward 1:30
and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 7:30 as you set a
vertical shoulder lock on his left
arm. Your left hand will be
controlling his wrist in a wrist lock
and your right hand will be
controlling his elbow. As you set
the lock, force the opponents
head down into your right knee.
Immediately follow with a left
upward knee kick to his face.
Step 8
Plant your left foot toward 6:00
and form a left neutral bow
stance as you wrench his left
elbow with your right hand.
117
RAINING CLAW
Step 9
Manipulate his left arm into a
hammerlock position. Grab his
left wrist with your left hand and
contour up his back with your
right hand ending at the back of
his head. Your right hand applies
pressure to the back of his head
to act as a check.
Step 10
Slide your right foot 180-degrees
clockwise toward 6:00 to form a
left neutral bow stance facing
12:00 as you pull back and
upward with your left hand as
your right hand pushes his head
downward.
Step 11
Leap counterclockwise and form
a left close kneel stance facing
9:00 to deliver a right knee drop
to the back of his neck.
Step 12
Using the opponents neck as a
springboard, leap clockwise,
facing 3:00, and deliver a left
back heel stomp to his head.
Step 13
From Point of Contact, execute a
left front crossover and double
cover out toward 4:30.
8. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 as your left hand
slides along the opponents left forearm to end with a
grab to his left wrist.
At this point, begin placing great stress on his left arm.
118
CRASHING WINGS
NAMEThe term wing is a symbolic reference to an elbow
strike. This technique receives its name from the manner in
which the elbows (wings) are delivered in a downward
direction (crashing) to the opponents arms.
ATTACK
REAR
Rear Hug
with arms free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strikes
Transitional Close Cat Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Extension
Torquing Heel Palm Strike
Wide Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick
Right Front Twist Stance
Forward Step Through Foot Maneuver
Inward Slicing Knife Edge Kick
Sliding Back Heel Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #16
Orthodox 24 System
Orange #24
32 System
Orange #24
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3
119
CRASHING WINGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as you simultaneously deliver twin inward
downward diagonal elbow strikes to the opponent's
forearms.
Use your hips as a backstop to increase the effectiveness of the
elbow strikes.
You must raise (cock) both arms prior to delivering the elbow strikes.
Anchor your buttocks against his right upper thigh to control his
Dimensional Zones.
By dropping your weight, you control his Height Zone.
2. Slide your left foot toward your right foot and form a
transitional close cat stance as your arms cock at your
right hip. Your right palm will be facing upward and your
left palm facing inward.
As you slide to the cat stance, control the opponents right arm with
both hands. Your movement to the right should upset the
opponents balance by placing weight onto his right leg.
120
CRASHING WINGS
121
CRASHING WINGS
EXTENSION
S o m e p r a c t i ti o n e r s t a k e
advantage of a hidden motion
by planting into a right front twist
stance (facing 7:30) after the
right upward knee kick. As the left
foot steps forward and the right
foot slides back to 6:00 to face
12:00 in a left neutral bow stance,
you can cause a neck wrench
simply by holding the opponents
head and chin with your hands
and utilizing your bodys
rotational action. This neck
wrench is enhanced as the
opponent falls to the ground.
Another version of the extension
some practitioners follow is
described below:
Step 5
Adjust your left foot toward 6:00
and pin the opponents right arm
under your left elbow as your left
hand controls his right elbow.
Simultaneously deliver a right
thrusting heel palm strike to the
right side of his jaw. At this point,
your right fingers will be pointing
to the right and the opponents
head will turn away.
Step 6
Allow the opponent to fall and
deliver a right upward knee kick
to his right rib cage.
Step 7
With your right foot still in the air,
execute a right front crossover
stomp to his right arm. After the
stomp, step off and plant your
right foot above his right arm.
Your left leg (gauges for angle
and distance) steps forward
above his right beside your right
foot. Immediately slide your right
foot backward and form a right
reverse bow stance to sweep his
right arm away. This turns and
exposes the opponents head.
122
CRASHING WINGS
Step 8
Execute a right slicing knife edge
kick to his head. Plant your right
foot (gauging leg) beside your
left and immediately spin
counterclockwise and execute a
left rear spinning back kick (on
the ground) to the opponents
head.
Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 4:30.
Note: This alternate extension is
similar in application to the
extension found in SQUATTING
SACRIFICE.
123
PURPLE BELT
TWIRLING WINGS
NAMEThis technique derives its name from the manner in
which your body applies twirling checks to control the
opponents Dimensional Zones. Your elbows (wings) will be
the chief striking weapons used in this defensive study.
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand, Stiff Arm,
Shoulder Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Rear Twist Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Outward Block
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Thrusting Knee Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Angle of Disturbance
Zone of Obscurity
Compact Unit
Angle of Incidence
Fitting
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #1
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #1
32 System
Orange #27
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crossed Twigs
Entangled Wing
Circling Wing
Circling the Storm
Captured Leaves
Crossing Talon
124
TWIRLING WINGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners utilize a right
hand pin prior to delivering the
left vertical outward block. This is
in keeping with the rule that you
always pin when stepping toward
the opponent and it is optional
when stepping away. If you wish
to insert the pin in this technique,
keep in mind that your right arm
will have to travel twice as fast in
order to pin and then cock for
the right inward elbow strike. The
pin can also be used to create a
fulcrum as the left arm delivers its
motion.
1. Slide your left foot toward 5:00 and form a left rear twist
stance as you cock both hands in fists at your right hip.
Your right fist should be palm up and your left fist palm
facing you (cup and saucer).
Tuck your chin into your chest to help nullify the effects of a choke. If
applied.
Some practioners use a reverse bow stance on the initial move.
125
TWIRLING WINGS
EXTENSION
4. Have your right leg cross behind your left leg (left rear
crossover) and immediately slide your left leg back to
buckle the inside of his right leg. At this point you will be
in a left reverse bow stance.
Keep the opponents arms in check as you cross behind and use
your body to upset his balance and stability.
An optional left rear hammerfist strike to the opponents groin may
be inserted with the buckle.
As your right leg crosses behind your left, you may insert a right twofinger eye poke. This will assist in upsetting the opponents balance.
126
SNAPPING TWIG
NAMEYou respond to the opponents push by utilizing
opposing forces (snapping) to hyper-extend his left arm
(twig).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Thrusting Handsword Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Chopping Punch
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Side Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Frictional Pull
Orbital Adjustment
Sandwiching
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Hand Direct Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #2
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #2
32 System
Orange #28
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Lone Kimono
Hooking Wings
Shield and Sword
Repeating Mace
127
SNAPPING TWIG
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense is sometimes
related to the arm wrench found
in LONE KIMONO. In SNAPPING
TWIG, the wrenching motion is
along a horizontal path; in LONE
KIMONO it is along a vertical
path.
This is a defense against a
center chest push with forces you
to step directly back to ride the
motion along the angle of least
resistance.
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
inward horizontal heel palm strike to the inside of the
opponents left wrist simultaneously with a right inward
horizontal heel palm strike to his left elbow.
These two simultaneous strikes utilize the principles of Fulcruming and
Wrenching to control his Width Zone.
The left hand can also act as a pinning check.
2. Form the shape of the crane with your right hand and
hook over the top of the opponents left arm. Utilize
frictional pull to yank his left arm downward and past
your right hip as you simultaneously pivot clockwise and
form a right forward bow stance facing 12:00 to deliver a
left outward thrusting handsword strike to his throat.
3. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right inward downward
diagonal raking back knuckle strike across the bridge of
the opponents nose. Your left hand executes a sliding
check down the opponents left arm.
4. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance
facing 12:00 and deliver a left inward horizontal heel
palm strike to the right side of the of his jaw.
Some practitioners pivot at the waist and do not form a forward
bow stance.
128
SNAPPING TWIG
EXTENSION
6. Slide your left foot forward to form a left front twist stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a right downward hammerfist
strike to the opponents groin. Your left hand cocks in
front of your sternum.
7. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to the opponents chin.
8. Deliver a right chopping punch to the opponents left
floating ribs while covering and cocking your left hand to
the right side of your head.
At the conclusion of this strike, your right arm will be cocked below
your left arm.
129
LEAPING CRANE
NAMEThis defense receives its name from a unique
defensive maneuver which is utilized to avoid the attacka
one-legged leap. In some Chinese Kung Fu systems, a onelegged stance is symbolically referred to as a crane stance.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
One-Legged Stance
Inward Parry
Inward Horizontal Middle Knuckle Fist Rake
Snapping Knife Edge Kick
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Forward Bow Stance
Five-Finger Ripping Claw
Thrusting Handsword Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Two-Finger Hook
Front Scoop Kick
Left Front Snapping Ball Kick
Front Crossover Stomp
Rear Stiff Leg Lifting Kick
Side Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #3
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #3
32 System
Orange #29
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 5
130
LEAPING CRANE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, leap between 9:00 and 10:00 and
form a left one-legged stance as you defend with a left
inward parry while simultaneously executing a right
inward horizontal middle knuckle fist rake to the
opponents right rib cage.
As the opponent turns his body as he punches, we borrow the force
of this action to give greater power for the middle knuckle fist strike.
The torquing motion of our own body as we leap and cock our leg
also adds power to the strike.
Your right leg will be cocked to the inside portion of your left knee.
It may not always be possible to strike the opponents rib cage. At
times his right elbow may be a better target.
Your right hand will end cocked palm up near your left hip.
An effective middle knuckle fist slice should cause the opponent to
bend forward at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual stated to hop toward 9 oclock.
131
LEAPING CRANE
EXTENSION
5. Reach across to the left side of the opponent face and
pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as
you execute a right five-finger ripping claw (pulling back
and toward you). Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting
handsword strike to the back of the opponents neck.
Your right hand contours his head to grab his chin from the left side
(fingers out; thumb down).
Your left hand tracks along your right and may deliver either a left
thrusting handsword strike to the back of his neck or a left outward
heel palm strike to the back of his head.
As you pivot into a right forward bow stance, use your right knee to
brace against his lower back.
9. With your right foot, step toward 5:00 and execute a left
rear stiff leg lifting kick to the opponents chin.
Use your left heel to strike the opponent. This will lift the opponents
head and expose his ribs for the next strike.
Your are stepping toward 5:00 (or 4:30) to a Zone of Sanctuary.
An early version of this defense (pre-1975) utilize a left outward
horizontal hooking heel kick to the opponents head.
132
LEAPING CRANE
10. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00 and cock
your right leg. Immediately deliver a right side kick to the
top of the opponents right hip bone.
11. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
toward 6:00.
133
SWINGING PENDULUM
NAMEA pendulum is a term used in self-defense
techniques to represent a downward block or a downward
hammerfist strike. In this defense, you will utilize a circular
swinging Path of Motion to evade the opponents kick.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Universal Block
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
Snapping Obscure Elbow Strike
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Upward Snapping Forearm Strike
Rear Scooping Heel Kick
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Roundhouse Knee Kick
Outward Claw
Inward Heel Palm Claw
Rear Twist Stance
Inward Two-Finger Hook
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #4
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #4
32 System
Purple #9
FORM LOCATION
None
134
SWINGING PENDULUM
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense utilizes a Rolling
Body Check as you move Up the
Circle. It teaches how to move
from Long, Middle, and Close
Range fighting while moving off,
inside and up the Line of Fire. It
addition, it follows the adage,
where a circle ends a line
begins; where a line ends a circle
begins by cutting a circular
attack with a linear defense.
135
SWINGING PENDULUM
EXTENSION
4. Slide your right foot back to form a right reverse bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponents left leg as
you deliver a right upward snapping forearm strike to the
opponents jaw. Your left hand is checking near your
ribcage.
Your left foot may drag toward your right foot to gauge for distance
and angle if necessary.
Some practitioners deliver a right rear hammerfist strike to the
opponents groin instead of delivering the upward snapping forearm
strike.
136
SWINGING PENDULUM
137
CRUSHING HAMMER
NAMEThis name stems from the hammering action in the
counter strikes designed to put a crushing end to the
opponents attack.
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Hammerfist Strike
Close Cat Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Rear Heel Palm Strike
Upward Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Crossover Stomp Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Back Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Zone of Obscurity
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Wing
Squeezing the Peach
Spreading the Branches
Reprimanding the Bears
ATTACK
REAR
Bear Hug
with arms pinned
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #5
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #5
32 System
Orange #30
FORM LOCATION
None
138
CRUSHING HAMMER
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot step to 9:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the opponents hand
to your body. Simultaneously deliver a right hammerfist
strike to his groin.
The hammerfist strike should loosen his grip.
By dropping your weight, you will control his Height Zone.
2. Slide your right foot toward 9:00 and form a right close
cat stance. Immediately slide around and behind the
opponents left leg to 4:30 and form a right reverse bow
stance as you simultaneously deliver a right rear heel
palm strike to the opponents groin and grab his
testicles.
In this defense you are unable to pivot as in CAPTURED TWIGS so you
cat around the opponents leg. As you execute the cat around
with your right foot, cock your right arm upward in preparation for
the heel palm strike. During the cocking phase it will be in front of his
arm, (further controlling his action) palm forward, with your fingers
pointing upward.
As you cat around, maintain contact with the opponents left leg
with your right leg.
Some practitioners do not recoil the hammerfist strike from the
previous step but immediately grab the groin. Others take
advantage of the recoiling action by delivering a right back finger
whip strike to the opponents eyes as the right foot cats around.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot between
4 and 5 oclock.
139
CRUSHING HAMMER
140
CRUSHING HAMMER
EXTENSION
The extension is designed to
respond when the opponent
does not fall after the palm strike.
Another version of the extension
followed by some practitioners is
described below. This version can
be applied if the opponent DOES
fall to the ground after the palm
strike:
Step 5
One the opponent falls and his
legs come upward, grab both of
his legs and cross his right leg over
his left leg. Switch the positions of
your hands and have your right
hand grab the opponents left
heel (palm upward) and your left
hand grabs his right toes/ankle
(palm downward). Use your right
thigh as a brace during this
procedure.
Step 6
Slide your right foot back toward
6:00 and pivot clockwise to face
12:00 in a left forward bow
stance. During this action twist
the opponents to flip him onto
his stomach with his head
pointing toward 6:00. This action is
facilitated by using both of his
legs as a fulcrum.
Step 7
Execute a right front crossover
stomp to the back of his left knee.
Plant your right foot to the outside
of his left leg.
Step 8
Deliver a left thrusting knife edge
kick to the back of the
opponents head or neck.
Step 9
Plant your left foot to the left side
of his body. Your left foot should
be under his left arm pit to act as
a control. Immediately drop your
weight and form a left close
kneel stance to deliver a right
downward knee kick to his left
ribs or kidney.
6. Shift your right hand and have it assist your left hand in
twisting the opponents right foot. Immediately pivot
clockwise slide your right foot back toward 12:00 to form
a left neutral bow stance as you twist his ankle
counterclockwise. This action will force the opponent to
turn face downward.
When grabbing the opponents foot in preparation for the twist,
have your right hand palm upward supporting the heel of his foot
from the inside and your left hand palm down on top of his toes.
141
CRUSHING HAMMER
Step 10
With your right foot, step over
head body and plant to the right
side of his head. Drop your
weight and form a right close
kneel stance to deliver a left
downward knee kick to the back
of his neck. Use his left shoulder as
a fulcrum for your left leg.
Step 11
Bounce upward and leap onto
your right foot toward 7:30. Finish
with a left back kick to his
opponents head.
11. Drag your left foot across the back of the opponents
head as you cock your left foot high. Deliver a left back
kick (or left downward stomp kick depending upon the
distance) to the back of his head.
If you deliver a left downward stomp kick, you may simultaneously lift
your right leg and form a left one legged stance to increase the
gravitational marriage.
Step 12
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 7:30.
142
CAPTURED LEAVES
NAMEIn this technique, your fingers (leaves) are grabbed
and locked (captured) by an opponent attacking from your
right flank.
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Left Hand Finger Lock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
Rear Elbow Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Crossover Maneuver
Front Crossover Stomp
Side Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation
Axis of Rotation
Pivot Point
Path of Execution
Angle of Incidence
Third Hand
Open Ended Triangle
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #6
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #6
32 System
Orange #25
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Circling Wing
Gripping Talon
Crashing Wings
Entangled Wing
143
CAPTURED LEAVES
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners counter-grab
the opponents left wrist with the
left hand. As the left arm delivers
the rear elbow strike, the grab is
taken over by the right hand.
During this action, the opponents
left arm is rotated palm upward
and placed on your right
shoulder. Your shoulder is used as
a fulcrum to create an Angle of
Disturbance. If the opponents
arm is bent, the arm is place on
the outside of your right shoulder.
Note: This method is more
commonly
utilized
when
CAPTURED LEAVES is used as a
counter defense to BROKEN GIFT.
144
CAPTURED LEAVES
EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your right foot back into a right reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponents left
knee.
5. Execute a left front crossover foot maneuver by sliding
your left foot in front of your right foot and immediately
step forward with your right foot into a right neutral bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponents right knee
to force the opponent onto his back.
You may use your right hand to simultaneously check the
opponents right shoulder and assist in bending the opponent
forward.
Depending upon circumstances, you may eliminate the left front
crossover and execute a right forward step through maneuver and
proceed directly to the buckle and takedown.
145
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Overhead Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Orange #7
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #7
32 System
Orange #26
FORM LOCATION
None
146
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 into a left forward
bow stance as you execute a right extended outward
handsword block to the outside of the opponents right
arm. Your left hand acts as a positional check near your
chest.
You may also step toward 10:00 to properly gauge the distance
needed for the kick.
This maneuver moves you off the Line of Attack while redirecting the
path of the opponents club.
A left minor inward parry may precede the right extended outward
block.
The extended outward block is braced by the forward bow stance.
In recent years, many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics
derived from the Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a right
clockwise snake disarm may be inserted.
147
148
EXTENSION
5. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) forward and deliver a
right roundhouse knee strike to the inside of the
opponents right thigh.
This knee strike is designed to open his stance and provide you with
a Line of Entry.
8. With your right foot (gauging leg), step toward 6:00 and
form a modified (short) right neutral bow stance as your
left hand grabs the opponents right wrist (palm down)
and your right hand grabs his wrist (palm up).
9. Immediately slide your left foot counterclockwise toward
6:00 as both hands twist the opponents right wrist
counterclockwise to execute an outward wrist lock
takedown to force him onto his back.
This outward wrist lock throw will break his right wrist as well as force
him onto his back.
Keep your elbows anchored as you execute the outward wrist lock.
149
CHARGING RAM
NAMERam is a term used symbolically to represent a
tackle. In this technique, the opponent charges at you in an
attempt to tackle you to the ground.
ATTACK
FRONT
Tackle
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Parry
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Handsword Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Extension
Front Crossover Maneuver
Front Rotating Twist Maneuver
Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick
Knife Edge Kick
Front Scoop Kick
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES
Torque
Gravitational Marriage
Control Manipulation
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Line of Attack
Angle of Deviation
Gauging (distance)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #13
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #8
32 System
Purple #1
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Five Swords
Bow of Compulsion
150
CHARGING RAM
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some instructors teach a
variation of this technique inside
of the left arm; however, unless
the opponent has stopped his
attack, it may be difficult to
check the opponents forward
body momentum simply with the
kicks. Remember, if you find
yourself on the inside of the
opponents arm simply flow into
BROKEN RAM.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
taught this technique beginning
from a right neutral bow stance
rather
than
a
natural,
unprepared position. It indicated
that you simply slide your left foot
toward 3:00 to adjust the angle.
Though this method is quicker to
move off the line of attack, you
will lose torque for the
handsword.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicated that this was a defense
for a tackle with the opponents
arms wide and placed the
defender on the inside of the left
arm. The defender is instructed
to: defend with a right outward
downward parry to the inside of
the opponents left arm
simultaneous with a left outward
horizontal heel palm strike to the
left side of the opponents head.
The right inward overhead
handsword strike to the neck
followed and the rest remained
the same ending with a right front
snapping ball kick followed by a
left roundhouse kick and cover
toward 1:30.
1. Slide your left foot toward 3:00 to form a right front twist
stance as you deflect the opponents arm with a left
outward downward parry (Your right arm is in a
preparatory cock by your right ear). Pivot
counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as
you deliver a right inward overhead handsword strike to
the back of his neck.
Your hands should move from point of origin and should not make
any unnecessary cocking or winding motions. Do not telegraph your
evasive foot maneuver as he may adjust and re-angle his attack.
Your left arm should clear the opponents left arm and redirect his
momentum toward 8:00.
The standard angle in which to move off the line of attack is 3:00,
but you will find that you will need to gauge this according to your
opponents angle and speed in order to create the proper Angle of
Deflection and Angle of Incidence for the handsword.
By utilizing a right front twist stance, you will be positioning yourself
off the line of attack, and you will be utilizing preparatory toque for
the right inward overhead handsword strike.
Positioning your right hand by your right ear utilizes a Preparatory
Cock and gives you a longer path of travel.
3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 1:30.
Copyright 2006 by Eric Lamkin
151
CHARGING RAM
EXTENSION
Another version of this extension
reverses the defenders position
as well. This version is as follows:
Step 3
With your left leg in the air,
execute a left front crossover and
single cover out toward 1:30.
Step 4
I m m e d i a t e l y
p i v o t
counterclockwise and form a left
front rotating twist stance to
generate torque for a right
inward downward diagonal
roundhouse kick to the back of
the opponents left knee.
Step 5
Plant your right leg (gauging leg)
and execute a left spinning knife
edge kick to the back of the
opponents right knee.
Step 6
Plant your left leg (gauging leg)
and deliver a right rear scoop
kick to the opponents groin.
Step 7
Plant your right foot back toward
12:00 and execute a left front
crossover an double coverout.
Note: This version is acceptable,
but you do place yourself in a
tactical disadvantage by turning
your back to the opponent.
3. With your left leg in the air, execute a left front crossover
and single cover out toward 1:30. Immediately pivot
counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist
stance to generate torque for a right inward downward
diagonal roundhouse kick to the back of the opponents
left knee.
4. Hop onto your right leg (gauging leg) and deliver a left
knife edge kick to the back of the opponents right
knee.
5. Hop onto your left leg (gauging leg) and deliver a right
front scoop kick to the opponents groin.
6. Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and execute a
left front crossover and double cover out toward 12:00.
The purpose of this extension is to:
(1) Demonstrate to the student the reverse application of a self
defense technique designed for the hands now applied to
the legs.
(2) Demonstrate a method of preventing the opponent from
turning toward you by controlling his width and height zones
through the use of leg strikes.
The extension of this technique is the reverse sequence of BOW OF
COMPULSION applied to the legs. In BOW OF COMPULSION, after
you release your right hand, you execute a reverse handsword strike
to the opponents groin followed by a right back knuckle strike to his
left knee and finish with a right inward hooking punch to his right
knee. The extension reverses the order of these strikes. Rather than
ending with an inward strike to his knee, we now begin with a strike
to the same quadrant followed by an outward kick to the opposite
knee and finish with a strike to the groin. In addition, the opponent is
now turned away from you (so the right and left of his legs are now
reversed) and your strikes are now alternating rather than
consecutive.
Some practitioners alter the angle of the inward downward
diagonal roundhouse kick to a horizontal roundhouse kick or an
inward upward diagonal roundhouse kick. This is done decrease the
time between the first and second kicks caused by an overcommitment of the hips for the roundhouse kick. This is acceptable
as long as you accomplish the intended action of buckling the
opponents left leg.
152
PARTING WINGS
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the manner in
which you use twin extended outward blocks (extended
wings) to deflect (part) the opponents arms.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Twin Extended outward Handsword Blocks
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Thrusting Middle Knuckle Fist Strike
Extension
Circling Inward Two-Finger Hook
Inward Handsword Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Outward Upward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Front Snapping Instep Kick
Uppercut Punch
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Torque
Borrowed Force
Bracing Angle
Contouring
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #2
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #9
32 System
Purple #2
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Scraping Hoof
Shield and Sword
Flashing Wings
Twist of Fate
153
PARTING WINGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponents arms near his wrists.
This will separate the opponents arms and expose his Width Zones.
Stay within the perimeter of your Outer Rim as you deliver this block.
Make sure that both hands are parallel in height as well as in depth.
154
PARTING WINGS
155
PARTING WINGS
EXTENSION
The extension is often used as a
series of strikes to keep the
opponent against a wall.
Some practitioners change the
timing of the extension to deliver
the right circling inward twofinger hook simultaneously with
the left front snapping ball kick.
Next, a left outward horizontal
handsword strike is delivered
simultaneously with the right front
snapping ball kick. The remainder
of the extension is performed in
the orthodox manner.
156
THUNDERING HAMMERS
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the hammerfists,
crashing down upon the opponent like lightning creating
thunder in the sky.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Horizontal Forearm Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Extension
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Thumb Rake
Upward Heel Palm Claw
Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike
Knee Kick
Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick
Downward Knee Drop
Vertical Punch
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Disturbance
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #3
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #10
32 System
Purple #3
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Dance of Death
Sleeper
Twirling Hammers
Dance of Darkness
Bowing to Buddha
157
THUNDERING HAMMERS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you defend with a left
inward block. Your right arm hangs naturally along your
right side.
Your right arm is in a low preparatory cock position.
Your left leg positionally checks the opponents right leg.
Your left inward block controls the opponents Width Zone.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping to your left on a 45
degree angle (toward 11oclock).
158
THUNDERING HAMMERS
159
THUNDERING HAMMERS
EXTENSION
An alternate version of this
extension is described as follows:
Step 5
Slide your left foot back toward
7:30 and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver a right
o u t wa r d d o wn wa r d b a c k
knuckle strike to the opponents
right temple. Rotate your right
hand counterclockwise (palm
out) and deliver a right thumb
gouge to his right eye. This will
cause his head to lift.
Immediately pivot clockwise and
form a right forward bow stance
as you deliver a left thrusting heel
palm strike to his jaw (your fingers
will be pointing toward the right).
Step 6
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance as you
orbit your right arm clockwise to
deliver a right upward heel palm
strike to his chin and grab.
Step 7
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you push
forward on the opponents right
shoulder with your left hand and
turn his head counterclockwise.
Step 8
As the opponent begins to turn,
slide your left foot back toward
12:00 (left rear crossover/right
front twist stance) and pivot
counterclockwise to form a right
forward bow stance facing 6:00
as you force the opponent onto
your right knee.
Step 9
Deliver a right inward downward
hammerfist strike to the
opponents heart or sternum.
Step 10
Rotate
your
right
arm
counterclockwise
(thumb
downward) and deliver a right
inward forearm rake across his
face as you deliver a left knee
kick to his upper back or the
back of his head.
5. Slide your left foot back toward 7:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 1:30 as you deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to the opponents right
temple followed with a right thumb rake downward
across his right eye. Immediately shuffle forward and
execute a right upward heel palm claw to his face.
As your left foot slides toward 7:30, cock your right arm horizontally
across your waist under your left checking arm in preparation for the
back knuckle strike.
6. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 as your right hand
switches counterclockwise to the left side of the
opponents face and grab his chin. Use your right
forearm on his head to act as a fulcrum as you push his
right shoulder with your left hand. This combined action
(opposing forces) will twist and turn the opponent
counterclockwise onto his back on your right knee.
7. Deliver a right inward downward hammerfist strike to the
opponents heart or sternum.
Your right arm will strike down and across the opponents right
shoulder.
160
THUNDERING HAMMERS
Step 11
Allow the opponent to fall and
immediately deliver a right
inward downward diagonal
roundhouse kick to his groin.
Step 12
Drop into a left close kneel
stance to deliver a right
downward knee drop to his solar
plexus as you simultaneously
deliver a right vertical punch to
his face.
Step 13
Scrape across the opponents
face as you execute a right front
crossover and double cover out
toward 6:00.
161
ATTACK
REAR
Bear Hug
with arms pinned
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Rear Scooping Heel Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Obscure Back Elbow Strike
Extension
Back Hammerfist Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Back Kick
Inward Crescent Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Zone of Obscurity
Borrowed Force
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spreading Branches*
Captured Twigs
Crushing Hammer
Reprimanding the Bears
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #5
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #11
32 System
Purple #4
FORM LOCATION
None
162
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense also demonstrates
how an opponent may be used
as an obstruction against a
second
opponent.
To
demonstrate this application,
some instructors teach stepping
toward 1:30 or 3:00 with your left
foot and pulling the opponent
clockwise around you. This will
create an obstruction toward
12:00. If performed in this manner,
the right reverse bow buckle will
be
directed
toward
approximately 10:30.
1. With your left foot, step back toward 4:30 and form a
right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you pin the
opponents hands to your body with your right hand
while simultaneously squeezing the opponents testicles
with your left hand.
As a point of reference, the opponents testicles will be located
behind your left thigh.
Your eyes are focused toward 12:00 during this action.
Your left leg may be used to buckle the inside of the opponents
right leg. In some cases it may be beneficial to step back and form a
left reverse bow stance for this step.
Some practitioners add a rear head butt on this initial move.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 5:00 with your
left foot.
3. With your right leg still in the air, stomp into a right reverse
bow stance facing 7:30 to buckle the inside of his left
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right obscure back elbow
strike (palm down) to his chin as your left hand covers
low.
As the opponents head drops from the leg buckle, utilize Borrowed
Force as you deliver your elbow strike.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stomping into a right reverse
bow stance facing 7:00.
163
EXTENSION
An early version of this defense
(pre-1975) delivered a right knife
edge kick to the inside of the
opponents right knee. This action
brings the opponents head
down for the jump inward
crescent kick. The jump inward
crescent kick could also be
execute as a jump inward
downward heel kick (also known
as an axe kick) to the opponents
right clavicle.
164
CIRCLING WING
NAMEThe term wing is used symbolically to represent an
elbow. In this technique you will use an elbow in a circular
manner to escape the opponents choke.
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Overhead Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Four-Finger Thrust
Upward Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Knee Kick
Reverse Step Through
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Step Through
Stomp Kick
Spinning Back Heel Stomp Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purposeful Defiance
Contouring
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #6
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #12
32 System
Orange #31
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Captured Leaves
Thrusting Wedge
Bowing to Buddha
Obscure Sword
Crossing Talon
165
CIRCLING WING
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Turn and tuck your chin into the right side of your chest as
you step toward 1:30 with your left foot and form a left
neutral bow stance. Simultaneously both of your hands at
your left hip (left hand palm up; right hand palm in on
top of your left hand).
In this defense, the opponent is either pushing you forward as he
grabs/chokes or his elbows are resting on your shoulders/back thus
preventing you from stepping backward.
Some practitioners add a left pinning check on top of the
opponents left hand to control his Width Zone. This relates the
defense to OBSCURE SWORD.
166
CIRCLING WING
167
CIRCLING WING
EXTENSION
Some practitioners perform the
following variation of the
extension:
Step 5
Pivot clockwise and step forward
with your left foot to form a left
neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as
your right arm executes a rolling
check against the opponents
right arm. As you settle into your
stance, slide your right hand
down and grab the opponents
right wrist as you execute a left
thrusting forarm strike against his
right elbow. Create a push-pull
action and execute an arm bar.
Step 6
Pull the opponents right arm past
your right hip as you deliver a
right upward knee kick to his face
or sternum.
Step 7
Plant your right foot back to form
a left neutral bow stance facing
7:30 as you pull the opponents
arm past your right hip and
deliver a left outward back
knuckle strike to his head.
Step 8
Slide your left foot back and form
a right front twist stance as your
left hand prepare for a single
hand outward wrist lock. Pivot
counterclockwise and form a
right neutral bow stance as your
left hand applies the single hand
outward wrist lock simultaneously
with a right outward back
knuckle strike to his right temple.
Step 9
Contour down the opponents
right arm with your right arm as
you rotate his wrist clockwise with
your left hand and re-grab his
wrist with your right hand. Use
your right elbow to lock and
control his elbow (controlling his
Width Zone) during this process.
10. Re-grab the opponents right wrist with your right hand
and execute a right reverse step through toward 12:00 as
you whip the opponents right arm past your right hip
and force him face downward to the ground.
Your right arm circles below his right arm and counter grabs from
below.
This sequence is similar to LEAP OF DEATH.
168
CIRCLING WING
Step 10
Execute a right reverse step
through and pivot clockwise to
face 10:30 in a right forward bow
stance as you execute a two
hand inward wrist lock takedown.
The opponent will fall face
downward with his head pointing
toward 10:30.
12. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) to the right side of the
opponents body and pivot clockwise to finish with a
right spinning back heel stomp kick to his head.
13. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 3:00.
Step 11
Execute a left front crossover
stomp to his right elbow. Plant
your left foot (gauging leg)
above his right arm.
Step 12
Execute a right spinning back
kick to his head or shoulder.
Step 13
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.
169
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse
Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #7
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #13
32 System
Orange #32
FORM LOCATION
None
170
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left extended
outward block to the inside of the opponents right arm
simultaneously with a right vertical punch to the
opponents jaw.
Make sure that you check the opponents right knee with your right
knee.
This action will drive the opponents head back and expose his
stomach for the next strike.
The opponent will typically drop his club; however, in recent years,
many Kenpo practitioners have added tactics derived from the
Filipino Martial Art Systems. In this technique, a left counterclockwise
snake disarm may be inserted.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00. This is to
ensure that the opponents right leg is buckled.
171
EXTENSION
Another version of this extension
is described below:
Step 3
Grab the opponents right wrist
with your left hand and deliver a
right upward forearm strike or a
right upward palm strike to his
right elbow to hyper-extend or
break it. Immediately follow with
a right outward downward
diagonal hammerfist strike to his
right kidney.
Step 4
With your right hand, grab behind
his right elbow our shoulder as
you
twist
his
arm
counterclockwise. Immediately
slide your right foot to 6:00 and
form a left neutral bow stance as
you manipulate his right arm
behind his back in a hammerlock
position (control with your left
hand). Immediately deliver a right
outward downward diagonal
back knuckle strike to his right
temple. In the same continuous
motion, pivot counterclockwise
to form a left forward bow stance
(or left close kneel stance) as you
deliver a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike (or right inward
overhead heel palm strike) to the
back of his neck.
Step 5
Pull the opponent toward 7:30
execute a left rear crossover to
form a right front twist stance as
you deliver a right outward
downward back knuckle strike to
the opponents left kidney.
Step 6
As the opponent attempts to get
up, step toward 6:00 with your left
foot and form a left close kneel
stance to deliver a right knee
drop to the back of his left elbow.
[continued on next page]
3. Grab the opponents right wrist with your left hand and
deliver a right vertical forearm strike to the opponents
elbow to hyper-extend or break it.
Your right arm is below and to the outside of the opponents right
arm. Its position resembles a vertical outward block.
8. Step toward 6:00 with your left foot and drop to form a
left close kneel stance to deliver a right knee drop to the
back of the opponents left elbow to cause a break.
The opponent attempts to get up by placing his hands down and
pushing upward, your right knee drop prevents this action.
172
Step 7
Lift your right foot and form a right
front rotating twist stance to
deliver a right downward heel
stomp to the right side of the
opponents face. Immediately
follow with a left knee drop to the
back of his neck.
Step 8
Leap toward 4:30 to form a righ
tone-legged stance. Execute a
left front crossover and double
cover out toward 4:30.
9. Lift your right foot and form a right front rotating twist
stance to deliver a right downward heel stomp to the
right side of the opponents face. Immediately follow
with a left knee drop to the back of his neck.
If the opponents left arm is in the way, step over his arm with your
left foot and plant near the left side of his head.
173
DARTING MACE
NAMEThe term mace is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a strike utilizing a fist. In this technique,
you will execute a punch in a very rapid (darting) manner.
Hence, the name DARTING MACE.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand
Right Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Ricocheting Vertical Punch
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Thrust Punch
Transitional Close Cat Stance
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Hammerfist Strike
Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Strike
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Hook Punch
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Uppercut Punch
Front Scoop Kick
Front Snapping Ball Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
To Center
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #8
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #14
32 System
Purple #7
FORM LOCATION
NONE
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Opposing Forces
Bracing Angle
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gripping Talon
Desperate Falcons
Menacing Twirl
Clipping the Storm
Attacking Mace
Circling Fans
174
DARTING MACE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Counter-grab your opponents right wrist with your right
hand and pull the opponents arm toward your right hip.
Simultaneously step toward 12:00 with your left foot and
form a left neutral bow stance. As you settle into your
stance, deliver a left ricocheting vertical punch to the
opponents face.
By pulling on a downward 45-degree angle toward your right hip,
you will cancel and control the opponents Dimensional Zones.
Twist the opponents wrist clockwise with your right hand to expose
his elbow.
The ricocheting vertical punch first acts as a forearm strike to the
outside of the opponents right elbow. This strike creates an Angle of
Cancellation and controls his width zone.
The ricocheting vertical punch should be executed in one
continuous action; therefore, you must aim the vertical punch
lower than the intended target (aim toward the throat and not the
face) to compensate for the deflecting effect of the forearm strike.
Failure to do so will force you to re-aim (re-cock) the vertical punch
resulting in an and than and negating the benefits of
Sophisticated Basics.
The ricocheting forearm strike occurs on the Half-Beat of the action.
175
DARTING MACE
176
DARTING MACE
EXTENSION
4. Immediately slide your left foot forward and form a left
front twist stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal
hammerfist to his solar plexus. Immediately pivot
clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as you
deliver a left inward horizontal hooking heel palm strike
to the right side of his face.
5. Without hesitation, immediately pivot counterclockwise
and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a
right inward downward diagonal hook punch to the left
side of the opponents face. As you settle into your
stance change this punch to a right inward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the left side of his head.
The hook punch and elbow combination employ the concepts of
Sophisticated Basics and Quarter-Beat Timing.
Your left hand stays on contact with the opponents face until the
right inward downward diagonal elbow strike to act as a backstop.
8. With your right leg still in the air, execute a right front
crossover and double cover out toward 6:00.
177
HOOKING WINGS
NAMEThe name of this defense is derived from the manner
in which you use double crane hooks to clear the
opponents arm (wings) from your body.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Upward Elbow Strike
Downward Vertical Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Extension
Back Outward Horizontal Heel Scoop Kick
Roundhouse Ball Kick
Outward Horizontal Hooking Heel Kick
Stiff Leg Lifting Back Kick
Back Stiff Arm Rising Claw
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Frictional Pull
Borrowed Force
Continuity of Motion
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push Low
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #9
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #15
32 System
Purple #13
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Crossed Twigs
Snaking Talon
Fatal Cross
178
HOOKING WINGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands hook (in
the shape of cranes) to the inside of your opponents
wrists, jerking his arm down, outside and past your hips.
This action will allow the opponents momentum to continue toward
you, but direct his weapons outside your Outer Rim.
Your hands utilize Frictional Pull in bringing the opponent forward
and down. This will prevent them from re-orbiting back into you.
Some practitioners step back and form the transitional right 45degree cat stance on this initial defensive action. Though the timing
has changed, the principle remains the same.
2. Slide your right foot back and form a transitional right 45degree cat stance and immediately deliver a right front
snapping ball kick to the opponents groin.
Utilize Borrowed Force from his push as well as from your pulling
action.
179
HOOKING WINGS
180
HOOKING WINGS
EXTENSION
6. Shift your left foot (gauging leg) toward 3:00 and deliver
a right back outward horizontal heel scoop kick to the
inside of the opponents left knee. Immediately follow
with a right roundhouse ball kick to his right knee.
Adjust your left foot as you simultaneously deliver the right downard
vertical heel palm claw. This will clear the opponents centerline in
preparation for the low-line kicks.
Your hands positionally check high during the execution of the kicks.
7. Plant your right foot near his right foot and pivot your
body slightly counterclockwise toward 5:00 and gauge
with your left foot to deliver a right outward horizontal
hooking heel kick to the opponents right kidney.
8. Plant your right foot near Point of Origin and bounce it
into a right stiff leg lifting back kick to the opponents
groin as you simultaneously deliver a right back stiff arm
rising claw to his face.
9. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 5:00.
181
ATTACK
FRONT
Left step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #10
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #16
32 System
Purple #8
FORM LOCATION
None
182
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a right
forward bow stance as you deliver a left extended
outward block using the knife edge of your hand.
Your right hand cocks to your right ear (palm facing out) in a
handsword position.
Your right foot should be close to and behind the opponents left leg
for Directional Harmony.
The extended outward block rides or wedges the opponents arm
away from you. It will also control the opponents Width Zone.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.
An early version of this defense (pre-1975) inserted a right minor
inward parry; this is still followed by some practitioners.
183
4. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right front twist
stance facing 10:30 as your left hand hooks out and
down (palm-up like a waiter carrying a tray) on top of his
left forearm. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 10:30 and execute a right
inward horizontal raking hammerfist strike to the
opponents left kidney. In the same continuous motion,
deliver a right roundhouse kick to his right kidney .
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual did not indicate the use of a right front
twist stance. This stance is important as it enables you to generate
rotational force (torque) for the hammerfist strike and the
roundhouse kick.
Some practitioners utilize a right inward horizontal middle knuckle fist
strike.
184
EXTENSION
5. Momentarily plant your right foot to the ground and slide
your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot to
adjust for range and angle. Immediately deliver a right
knife edge kick to the back of the opponents right
knee.
6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and execute a left
front scoop kick to the opponents groin (from the rear).
Your right foot gauges the distance and angle to form the proper
Angle of Delivery.
185
GIFT IN RETURN
NAMEThe term gift is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a handshake. In this technique, you
will be jamming the opponents right arm against his body,
hence the name, Gift in Return.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Knee Kick
Extension
Rear Twist Stance
Rear Spinning Stiff Leg Raise
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Reverse Step Through
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thrusting Prongs
Gift of Destruction
Gift of Destiny
Brushing the Storm
Buckling Branch
Captured Leaves
ATTACK
FRONT
Handshake
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #11
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #17
32 System
Purple #10
FORM LOCATION
None
186
GIFT IN RETURN
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Step forward and to the outside of your opponents right
leg toward 11:00 and form a left neutral bow stance.
Simultaneously have your left hand assist your right hand
in forcing your opponents right arm to his groin.
Hug and check your opponents right leg with your left leg.
Utilize a left push-down as means of generating the proper force for
the initial action.
5. With your left foot in the air, execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 10:30.
Your left foot may plant forward depending upon circumstances.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward
10:00.
187
GIFT IN RETURN
EXTENSION
5. After your left knee kick and with your left leg still in the
air, deliver a left thrusting knife edge kick to the back of
his right knee.
6. Plant your left foot toward 11:00 (gauging leg) and form
a right rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise
and deliver a right rear spinning stiff leg raise to the
opponents groin.
7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) and immediately slide
your left foot behind your right leg toward 6:00 to form a
left rear twist stance as you deliver a right outward back
knuckle strike to the opponents left kidney.
8. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left neutral bow
stance as you execute a left outward back knuckle
strike to the opponents right kidney.
9. Without a loss of motion, immediately slide your left foot
toward 11:00 (left reverse step through) and deliver a
right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike to the
opponents right kidney.
10. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 11:00.
188
BOW OF COMPULSION
NAMEIn this technique, the opponent bends your wrist
backward compelling you to bow forward in compliance to
the pain generated.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Downward Vertical Heel Palm Claw
Reverse Handsword Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Punch
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Extension
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Vertical Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Inward Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Outward Two-Finger Hook
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Front Scoop Kick
Inward Downward Heel Palm Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Nip the Tip
Open Ended Triangle
Fitting
ATTACK
FRONT
Downward Wrist Lock
(pinned against
opponents chest)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #12
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #18
32 System
Purple #5
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Clutching Feathers
Scraping Hoof
Hooking Wings
Thrusting Lance
189
BOW OF COMPULSION
BASE TECHNIQUE
The opponent pins your hand
against his chest in reaction to
your push.
1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance as you diagonally check across the
opponents hands with your left hand. Simultaneously
deliver a right downward elbow strike to the opponents
solar plexus or groin.
As the opponent bends forward to apply the lock, he presents his
solar plexus as a target.
Your left hand pin should loosen the opponents grip.
Your choice of targets depends upon the relative height of the
opponent.
2. With your left hand still guarding, reach up and grab the
opponents face with your right hand and drop into a
right wide kneel stance as you deliver a right downward
vertical heel palm claw raking the opponents face and
vertically downward to his testicles.
3. Immediately follow with a right reverse handsword strike
to the opponents groin.
4. Deliver a right outward downward diagonal back
knuckle strike to the inside of the opponents left knee.
Immediately follow with a right inward downward
diagonal punch to his right knee cap as you pivot
counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel
stance.
The back knuckle strike is also called a hanging back fist strike.
The path of action your right hand follows is a horizontal figure-eight.
190
BOW OF COMPULSION
EXTENSION
Some practitioners perform the
following version:
Step 4
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance as you
execute a right outward vertical
raking back knuckle strike to the
right side of the opponents nose
followed by a left inward
horizontal heel palm strike to his
right jaw hinge.
Step 5
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance and
deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the left side of his
jaw (shuffle forward if necessary)
with a left thumb hook into the
opponents right eye.
Step 6
Follow through with the inward
elbow strike and immediately
return with a right outward
horizontal elbow strike to the right
side of his jaw.
Step 7
Continue the flow of motion and
deliver a right outward horizontal
heel palm strike and claw across
the opponents face followed by
a left inward horizontal heel palm
strike and claw.
Step 8
Deliver a right inward downward
diagonal heel palm strike and
claw across the opponents face.
Step 9
Execute a right front scoop kick
to the opponents groin.
Immediately re-plant your right
foot forward and form a right
neutral bow stance as you deliver
a right inward downward heel
palm strike to his solar plexus.
Step 10
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.
191
BOW OF COMPULSION
192
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Overhead Club
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Upward Cross-Hand Block
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Vertical Forearm Strike
Snapping Knee Strike
Extension
Upward Club Strike
Downward Club Strike
Front Twist Stance
Inward Horizontal Club Strike
Outward Horizontal Club Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Underhand Club Strike
Front Crossover
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Club Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #7
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #19
32 System
Purple #6
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Checking the Storm
Crossing Talon
Evading the Storm
Brushing the Storm
Capturing the Storm
193
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a horse
stance facing 1:30 as you deliver an upward cross-hand
block (right over left) to the opponents right wrist.
This block should make contact with the opponents right wrist at a
level above your head and off your right shoulder. This utilizes and
open-ended triangle which is designed to catch his right arm while
getting off the Line of Attack.
By placing your right hand over your left hand, it allows you to use
your left hand if needed. If you place your left hand on top, you will
check yourself off.
The opponents own application of weight (in conjunction with the
cross-hand upward block) places weight onto his lead foot and acts
as a check.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 and
facing 1:00 in a horse stance.
194
EXTENSION
For practitioners familiar with
stick fighting methods, these
strikes may be delivered from a
longer range (shoulder as the
pivot point) or a close to medium
range (wrist and elbow as pivot
points).
Distance
and
circumstances will dictate your
actions.
9. Step out with your left foot and complete your cover out
toward 10:30.
195
TWIN KIMONO
NAMEA kimono is a formal tunic worn by the Japanese
people. This technique is a defense against a two-handed
(twin) lapel grab (kimono).
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Lapel Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Forearm Strike
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Forearm Strike
Outward Upward Diagonal Handsword Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
Side Downward Stomp Kick
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Spinning Back Kick
Rear Upward Outward Claw
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Squeegee
Pivoting/Pivot Point
Locking/Breaking
Frictional Pull
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #1
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #20
32 System
Purple #12
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Raking Mace
Heavenly Ascent
Destructive Twins
Cross of Death
Lone Kimono
Thrusting Salute
196
TWIN KIMONO
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents arms at the wrists
to your chest as you step back with your left foot and
form a right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a
right upward forearm strike to his elbows.
A left 4-finger eye slice may be inserted prior to the pin. This has the
added advantage of causing the opponent to move back and will
thereby straighten his arms. This is especially important in the Ideal
Phase as we assume that the opponents arms are bent.
A right spearhand thrust to the throat is sometimes utilized instead of
the upward forearm break to create the same reaction in the
opponent.
197
TWIN KIMONO
198
TWIN KIMONO
EXTENSION
5. Slide your left foot toward 10:30 and form a left front twist
stance as you deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponents jaw. Your right hand will check his right
shoulder.
6. From your twist stance, deliver a right thrusting knee kick
to the opponents right inner knee. Plant forward and
deliver a right side downward stomp as you
simultaneously deliver a right upward snapping forearm
strike to the underside of his jaw.
Scrape down the opponents shin prior to stomping.
199
SLEEPER
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the choke used
against the opponent which is designed to cause
unconsciousness.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Upward Diagonal Inner Wrist Strike
Modified Horse Stance
Close Kneel Stance
Knee Drop
Vertical Punch
Extension
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Heel Palm Strike
Stiff Leg Sweeping Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Disturbance
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Dance of Death
Sleeper
Twirling Hammers
Dance of Darkness
Bowing to Buddha
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #14
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #21
32 System
Purple #3
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
200
SLEEPER
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step forward on a 45-degree angle
(toward 11:00) and form a left neutral bow stance facing
12:00. Simultaneously defend with a left inward block as
you right arm hangs naturally along the right side of your
body.
This action controls the opponents Width Zone.
Care should be taken not to block the opponents arm into the path
needed for the next strike. Often a parry is more advantageous as
this keeps the Line of Entry open.
201
SLEEPER
4. Shift your left foot toward 4:30 and force the opponent
to the ground and drop to form a left close kneel stance
to deliver a right knee drop to his right ribcage
simultaneously with a right vertical punch to his face.
Your left hand is checking the opponents right arm by
pushing it down and across his body to act.
Pivot toward 4:30 and hold the opponent in the sleeper choke to
allow the weight of the opponents own body to assist with the
choke.
The manner in which the opponent falls is often described as a
winding staircase.
The opponent will fall with his head facing between 5:00 and 6:00.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 5:00.
5. Shift your right foot toward 12:00 and execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 10:30 as you
gradually rise upward.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that you should enter your
Angle of Departure by sliding your left foot back to 2:00 (left reverse
step through). Then, execute a right front crossover and double
coverout toward 2:00.
202
SLEEPER
EXTENSION
5. Check the opponents right arm by pinning it across his
body as you grab his right shoulder with your right hand.
Use both hands to turn him onto his stomach.
Your right hand will be grabbing his right arm near his elbow and
your left hand grabs his right shoulder. Cross the opponents right
arm across his body with your right hand and push his right shoulder
with your left hand to roll the opponent to his left onto his stomach.
This will cross both of his arms and use his own body to pin them
against the ground.
As you place the opponent in this position, you can also apply a
choke called a Cobra Choke. This is accomplished by placing his
right arm across his throat and grabbing his right wrist with your right
hand. Pull on the opponents arm with your right hand as you push
the back of his head (or left shoulder) with your left hand to apply
leverage for the choke.
203
SPIRALING TWIG
NAMEThe term twig is used in self defense techniques to
symbolically represent an arm. In this defense we will apply
and inward wrist lock along a spiraling path as our footwork
twirls us toward a better defensive position.
ATTACK
REAR
Bear Hug
with arms free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Right and Left Inward Middle-Knuckle Fist Strikes
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Step Through
Inward Wrist Lock
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Raking Hammerfist Strike
Vertical Outward Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Vertical Heel Kick
Thrusting Back Kick
Rear Spinning Back Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Locking
Contouring
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #14
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #22
32 System
Purple #15
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crashing Wings
Defying the Storm
Squatting Sacrifice
204
SPIRALING TWIG
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver right and left inward middleknuckle fist strikes to the back of the opponents top
hand (or hands). Immediately drop both elbows to pin
his arms. Without hesitation, grab the opponents right
hand with both of your hands. Your thumbs will be on the
back of his hand and your fingers inside his palm.
In this defense, the bear hug grab is high on your chest making it
difficult to use your elbow to break free. The minor move of the
middle knuckle fist strikes will loosen his grip.
Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.
Your elbows should clear and pin the opponents arm against your
body.
By lowering your center of mass, you will make it more difficult for the
opponent to lift you off the ground. You will also shift his weight onto
his right leg creating an Angle of Disturbance.
2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you pull the opponent forward
and begin to twist his wrist clockwise. Immediately pivot
clockwise and execute a right reverse step through and
end in a left neutral bow stance facing 7:30. During this
action, both of your hands continue to twist the
opponents wrist clockwise in a tight circle close to your
body applying an inward wrist lock.
Keep the opponents hand close to your body to maintain control.
Pull forward on his right arm as you step forward with your left foot to
control his Width Zone.
Some practitioners settle into a left forward bow stance to give a
better Bracing Angle when applying the wrist lock.
Your rapid body momentum further disturbs the opponents
balance.
When you step forward with your left foot, keep the opponents right
arm pinned against your body with your right elbow. As you step and
turn, you will create torque against is right elbow and shouder joints
that will cause him to turn to face 9:00; this controls his Width Zone.
Allow your right arm to slide over his arm as you execute your right
reverse step through; this will continue to control and check his Width
Zone.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 and
pivoting clockwise to face 8:00 in a left neutral bow stance.
If the opponent bends his elbow as you apply the inward wrist lock,
immediately proceed into the lock flows.
205
SPIRALING TWIG
206
SPIRALING TWIG
EXTENSION
Another version of the extension
followed by some practitioners is
described below:
Step 5
Slide your left foot behind your
right leg toward 9:00 and form a
right front twist stance as you
deliver a right outwrad
downward diagonal back
knuckle strike to the right side of
his face. Follow through with this
motion.
Step 6
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance as you
dleiver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the left side of his
jaw immediately followed by a
right upward vertical heel kick to
his groin. These strikes occur with
1/4 beat timing.
5. Slide your left foot behind your right leg toward 9:00 and
form a right front twist stance as you deliver a right
outward raking hammerfist strike to the opponents face.
6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver a right vertical outward raking
back knuckle strike to the opponents face.
This strike follows a path similar to a vertical outward block.
Step 7
Your right foot contours his body
and deliver a right thrusting back
kick to his lower abdomen.
Step 8
Plant your right foot (gauging leg)
and spin counterclockwise to
deliver a left rear spinning back
kick to any available opening.
Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out towward 12:00.
207
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION
NAMEDestruction is a term used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent left. In this technique, you will
cross the opponents arms to break or dislocate his left
elbow joint.
BASICS
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
Base
Horse Stance
Reverse Step Through
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike
Knee Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike
Upward Outward Hooking Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Change-up Point
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #15
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #23
32 System
Purple #11
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Flight to Freedom
Fallen Cross
Escape from Death
Thrusting Salute
Twirling Sacrifice
Gripping Talon
208
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Grab both of the opponents wrists with both of your
hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into
your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and
form a horse stance.
This action should hyper-extend or break the opponents thumbs as
you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum.
Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponents arms
downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance
and control his Height Zone.
4. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you pull backward with your left hand
and push forward with your right hand (the position of
your right hand resembles a vertical outward back
knuckle strike).
The push-pull motion will hyper-extend or break his left elbow.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
2:00.
209
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION
210
CROSS OF DESTRUCTION
EXTENSION
Another version of the extension
is described below:
Step 5
Have your left hand release its
grip on the opponents left hand
and grab his right wrist. This will
keep his right arm in check and
trap his left arm as you execute
the following moves. Slide your
left left behind your right leg (left
rear twist stance) as you deliver a
right outward horizontal back
knuckle strike through his left rib
cage. Immediately slide your right
foot backward and form a right
reverse bow stance to buckle the
i nsi de o f hi s l ef t k n ee .
Simultaneously as you settle into
your stance, contour the
opponents back and deliver a
right inward looping back
knuckle strike to his right mastoid.
Step 6
Deliver a right knee kick to the
inside of his right knee.
Step 7
Plant your right foot toward 12:00
and form a left rear twist stance
as you deliver a right outward
downward hammerfist strike to his
jaw.
Step 8
Deliver a right outward upward
hooking heel kick first to the inside
of his right knee then to his groin
and finishing with a strike to the
inside of his left knee. All three
targets are struck during the
same clockwise circle.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double coverout toward
12:00.
211
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM
NAMEIn this defense you are prevented from delivering an
outward elbow strike so you quickly step away from the
opponent (flight) and execute this back-up technique to
free yourself (freedom) from the hammerlock.
ATTACK
REAR
Right Arm
Hammerlock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Transitory Neutral Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Cat Stance
Thrusting Back Kick
Front Thrusting Ball Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Hammering Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Thrusting Side Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Change Up Point
Leveraging
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Blue #16
Orthodox 24 System
Purple #24
32 System
Purple #17
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Intellectual Departure
Locked Wing
Crossed Twigs
Gripping Talon
Thrust Into Darkness
212
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 5:00 and form a transitory
right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you countergrab
the opponent's right wrist with your right hand.
You may modifiy the width and depth of your stance depending
upon circumstances.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back into a modified
right neutral bow stance. It was modified because your left foot
rested on the ball of the foot.
213
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM
7. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right rear
twist stance facing 4:30 as you deliver a left hammering
heel palm strike to the opponents right elbow. Your right
hand continues to maintain its grab on his right wrist.
Your left fingers point up the opponents right arm as it delivers the
heel palm strike.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward
11:00.
214
FLIGHT TO FREEDOM
EXTENSION
8. From your right rear twist stance, pivot clockwise and
form a right neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you
execute a right outward downward diagonal back
knuckle strike to his right kidney.
The strike may be delived to his left kidney depending upon his
position.
215
BLUE BELT
BEGGING HANDS
NAMEIn order to free your hands from your opponents
grip, you will rotate your hands to form double outward
hooking parries (palm up) which resembles a person
begging; hence the name, BEGGING HANDS.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand
Direct Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Double Outward Hooking Parries
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Double Torquing Heel Palm Strikes
Extension
Double Crab Hand Pinches
Rear Crossover Maneuver
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Crossover Sweep
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Spinning Back Thrust Kick
IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Torque
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Get the upper hand
Gauging
Tracking
Borrowed Force
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Both
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #1
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #1
32 System
Purple #16
FORM LOCATION
NONE
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Crossed Twigs
Desperate Falcons
Unfolding the Dark
Thrusting Salute
216
BEGGING HANDS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step back and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously, rotate both
hands outward to form double outward hooking parries
to break the opponents grip.
Both hands should be on top of your opponents wrists palm
upward.
Keep your elbows anchored and break the grip in a downward 45degree angle. This will control the opponents Dimensional Zone.
You may find it useful to prefix a push outward (Purposeful Defiance)
with both arms to cause the opponent to resist this motion by
pushing inward. When you reverse this motion it will be much easier
to break from the grip (Purposeful Compliance).
Your hands are in a begging position to act as positional checks
against a possible head butt if the opponent is pulled forward.
Your hands should travel inward, upward and outward and then rip
downward to break from the grip.
Both the 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
indicate a cate stance after the begging position. Please note
that this is meant as a transitional position from your right neutral bow
stance to the right front snapping ball kickit is not be be held in
position.
217
BEGGING HANDS
4. Plant forward with your left foot and form a left neutral
bow stance (or forward bow stance) as you
simultaneously deliver double torquing heel palm strikes
(fingers out) under the opponents chest.
As you learn in the forms, when executing simultaneous or dual
strikes in the same direction, you may be in either a neutral or
forward bow stance depending upon circumstances.
The heel palms strike just below the pectoral muscles and employ
the Fitting Principle.
You may shuffle forward slightly if circumstances dictate.
218
BEGGING HANDS
EXTENSION
5. After your double torquing heel palm strikes to the
opponents pectoral muscles, execute double crab
hand pinches to the nerves in this region as you step
forward with your right foot and form a right neutral bow
stance to buckle the inside of the opponents right leg.
6. While still maintaining the grab, execute a left rear
crossover and end in a right reverse bow stance toward
1:30 to buckle the opponents left leg from the inside.
Some practitioners execute a right heel palm strike to the groin
simultaneous with the right reverse bow sweep while the left hand
maintains its grip. As you execute the right front crossover sweep
(next step) the left hand delivers a left inward horizontal heel palm
strike and claw as your right hand checks the opponents right
shoulder.
219
THRUSTING WEDGE
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the manner in
which you use twin extended outward blocks in the shape
of a wedge to deflect the opponents arms.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
BASICS
Base
Forward Bow Stance
Twin Extended Outward Handsword Blocks
Twin Rolling Upward Outward Claws
Fighting Horse Stance
Upward Elbow Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Extension
Reverse Handsword Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Heel Stomp
Front Crossover Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Meet Action/Beat It
Wedging
Frictional Pull
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #2
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #2
32 System
Purple #23
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locking Horns
Heavenly Ascent
Destructive Twins
Blinding Sacrifice
Bowing to Buddha
220
THRUSTING WEDGE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
forward bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponents arms. Continue the flow of motion and
deliver right and let rolling upward outward claws to his
eyes.
The outer portion of your forearms act as a wedge against his arms
and borrows the opponents force.
The claws to his face stops his forward momentum and blurs his
vision.
Your right leg will check the opponents right leg when you step
forward.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.
221
THRUSTING WEDGE
EXTENSION
4. Continue the motion of your right hand and claw
vertically downward and immediately return with a right
reverse handsword strike to the opponents groin.
The motion of the motion of the downward vertical heel palm strike
(following through to his groin) will arch his back and present the
next target (groin).
222
FLASHING WINGS
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the manner in
which your arms unfold to form double strikes with the
elbows (wings).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Claw
Close Kneel Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Hooking Handsword Strike
Inward Handsword Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Upward Diagonal Thrusting Handsword Strike
Extension
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Knee Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contouring
Zone of Obscurity
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #3
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #3
32 System
Purple #18
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Attacking Mace
Thundering Hammers
Flashing Mace
Circling the Storm
223
FLASHING WINGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you defend with a left inward
block as your right hand cocks to your right hip (fist
clenched and palm up).
Your left knee positionally checks the opponents right knee.
224
FLASHING WINGS
225
FLASHING WINGS
EXTENSION
6. Circle your left foot clockwise to sweep this right leg.
Immediately circle your right foot clockwise to buckle his
right leg as you form a left forward bow stance.
Simultaneously deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
his face. Grab the opponents face with your right hand
and begin to turn the opponent counterclockwise by
pushing forward with your right hand on his head and
pushing on this right shoulder with your left hand.
Your left hand checks his right arm.
226
HUGGING PENDULUM
NAMEThe term pendulum is used in self-defense
techniques to symbolically represent the action of a
downward block. This block then cocks horizontally across
your waist in a manner that resembles a hugging motion.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Knife-Edge Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammering Block
Front Crossover
Knife-Edge Kick
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Horizontal Hooking Heel Palm Claw
Extension
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Inward Horizontal Roundhouse Punch
Roundhousing Ball of Foot Kick
Low Spinning Side Thrust Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Orbital Switch
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
Retreating Pendulum
Rotating Destruction
Glancing Lance
Unwinding Pendulum
Leaping Crane
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #4
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #4
32 System
Purple #30
FORM LOCATION
None
227
HUGGING PENDULUM
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, execute a reverse
push-drag maneuver toward 7:30 as you deliver a right
outward downward diagonal hammering block to the
outside of the opponents right leg.
Your right arm travels from 10:30 to 4:30.
This action will disturb the opponents balance, injure his leg, inflict
pain, and turn control his Width by turning his body to the left.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that your right hand blocks
from 11:00 to 5:00.
3. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance and deliver a right outward horizontal back
knuckle strike to the opponents right mastoid or right
temple. Arc your strike wide to the right and return with a
right inward horizontal hooking heel palm claw to the left
side of the opponents face.
Maintain a bend in your right elbow throughout this action.
The opponent should fall to the ground.
228
HUGGING PENDULUM
EXTENSION
4. As your right hand passes through its target, step with
your right foot toward 9:00 and pivot counterclockwise
to form a left neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you
deliver a left outward horizontal heel palm claw to the
opponents face. Continue the counterclockwise spin to
form a left forward bow stance to deliver a right inward
horizontal roundhouse punch to his face.
These actions should be performed without a loss of momentum.
6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 11:00 and spin
counterclockwise to deliver a low left spinning side thrust
kick to the opponents neck.
7. From Point of Contact, execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 7:30
229
REPEATED DEVASTATION
NAMEThe technique receives its name from the repeated
manner in which you utilize elbow strikes.
BASICS
Base
Modified Horse Stance
Rear Head Butt Strike
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Inward Downward Diagonal Punch
Chicken Knee Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Torquing Heel Palm Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Sandwiching
Opposing Forces
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Scraping Hoof
Wings of Silk
Twirling Sacrifice
Blinding Sacrifice
Obscure Sword
Menacing Twirl
ATTACK
REAR
Full Nelson
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Hold and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #5
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #5
32 System
Purple #19
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
230
REPEATED DEVASTATION
BASE TECHNIQUE
The standard curriculum states
that this defense and SCRAPING
HOOF repeat the technique on
the opposite side. This is required
for the purpose of learning Long
Form 3. A practical street
application is described below:
Step 1
Step toward 3:00 and form a
modified horse stance as you
strike over your shoulders and
behind your head with both fists
to your opponents face.
By bringing your arms upward and behind your head, you block the
opponents arms and prevent him from applying the full nelson.
Step 2
Drop your weight and lower your
horse stance as you drive both
elbows down to the opponents
biceps (your palms will be facing
you). Immediately thrust both fists
toward the ground (palms facing
you) as you straighten your knees
and back and deliver a rear
head butt strike to the
opponents face.
Step 3
Step forward with your left foot
into a transitional left neutral bow
stance as you pin the opponents
left arm beneath your left arm
and grab his right wrist from
above with your left hand. Pivot
clockwise and face 6:00 in a right
forward bow stance as your
deliver a right outward horizontal
elbow strike to the right side of
the
opponents
jaw.
Simultaneously with the strike, pull
the opponents right arm on a
downward 45-degree past your
left hip to create an Angle of
Cancellation.
Step 4
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right reverse bow stance as
your right hand pushes the
opponents head down. Execute
a right rear scooping heel kick to
the opponents face. Finish by
executing a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
1:30.
231
REPEATED DEVASTATION
232
REPEATED DEVASTATION
EXTENSION
Some practitioners eliminate the
left outward horizotal elbow strike
and flow immediately into the
extension after the right outward
horizontal elbow strike. The
description for this method
follows:
5. Slide your left foot back toward 12:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as your left hand hooks
around the left side of the opponents neck. Pull his head
downward and toward you as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal punch to the left hinge of the
opponents jaw.
Step 4
Slide your right foot back toward
12:00 and form a left neutral bow
stance facing 6:00 as your right
hand hooks around the right side
of the opponents neck. Pull his
head downward and toward you
as you deliver a left inward
downward diagonal punch to
the right hinge of the opponents
jaw.
Step 5
While keeping your opponents
head downward, deliver a rightleft upward knee kick (butterfly
knee kick) to the opponents
head.
7. With your right leg still in the air, deliver a right thrusting
knife edge kick to the inside of the opponents right
knee as you simultaneously execute a right torquing heel
palm strike to the opponents jaw (your palm will be
down and your fingers will be out).
8. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 12:00.
Step 6
With your left leg still in the air,
deliver a left thrusting knife edge
kick to the inside of the
opponents left knee as you
simultaneously execute a left
torquing heel palm strike to the
opponents jaw (your palm will
be down and your fingers will be
out).
Step 7
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 12:00.
233
ENTANGLED WING
NAMEThe term wing is used in self-defense techniques to
represent an elbow. An outward bent arm lock involves your
and your opponents arm wrapped (entangled) in a joint
manipulation.
ATTACK
FRONT
Outward Bent Arm
Lock
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Elbow Strike
Rear Elbow Strike
Fighting Horse Stance
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Thrusting Knee Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation
Third Hand
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Twirling Wings
Flashing Wings
Piercing Lance
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #15
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #6
32 System
Purple #20
FORM LOCATION
None
234
ENTANGLED WING
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 10:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance as your left hand executes a pinning
check to the opponents left hand. Simultaneously raise
your right arm upward and overhead (right upward
elbow strike) to relieve the pressure.
The right upward elbow strike may also possibly strike the opponents
chin.
Check the opponents right knee with your right knee as you step
forward. This will assist in controlling his Depth Zone.
Your left hand checks and controls the opponents right elbow to
nullify his leverage.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00.
235
ENTANGLED WING
EXTENSION
4. Slide your right foot back toward 1:00 and form a right
reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponents left leg as you deliver a right vertical back
knuckle strike to the opponents face.
5. Hook your right hand around the left side of the
opponents neck and pull his head forward and
downward into a right upward knee kick to his face.
Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and deliver a
left upward knee kick (toward 11:00) to his face.
6. Plant your left foot down (gauging leg) and slide your
right foot back to form a right reverse bow stance facing
1:30 to buckle his left leg further and force his head to
the ground.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a clock direction of 1:00.
236
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse
Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #7
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #7
32 System
Purple #21
FORM LOCATION
None
237
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 11:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponents right knee as you simultaneously deliver a left
extended outward handsword block to the inside of the
opponents right wrist with a right inward handsword
strike to his right biceps.
2. Grab the opponents right wrist with your left hand and
twist counterclockwise as you grab the back of his right
elbow with your right hand (from above) and pull to
create a fulcrum on his right elbow. Slide your right hand
up his arm and grab behind his shoulder. Immediately
slide your right foot back to 4:30 to form a left forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you push forward with your
left hand and pull backward with your right hand
(anchor your right elbow to your right hip) to set a
vertical shoulder lock.
By creating a fulcrum on the opponents right elbow, you will control
his Width Zone and begin to bring his body forward.
A right inward collapsing elbow strike to the right side of the
opponents jaw may be inserted as you slide your right hand up his
arm to grab behind his right shoulder. This will further control his Width
Zone and prevent a strike from his left arm.
This push/pull action in along a downard diagonal plane of action to
create a fulcrum on his elbow joint and force him to bend forward at
the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back to
5:00.
4. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 11:00 as you deliver a right inward
overhead elbow strike to the opponents upper spine.
Your left hand maintains control of his right wrist, keeping
it to your left side.
This should cause the opponent to fall to the ground.
238
EXTENSION
5. Release your grasp to the opponents right wrist and
pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist
stance to deliver a left inward downward diagonal elbow
strike to the right side of his jaw.
Follow through with this elbow strike.
7.
239
RAKING MACE
NAMEThe term mace is used in self defense techniques to
symbolically represent a fist. In this technique, you will utilize
your fist in a raking manner to neutralize your attacker.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Uppercut Punch
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Outward Handsword Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Two-Finger Eye Hook
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike and Claw
45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Upward Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Handsword Strike
Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purposeful Compliance
Trapping
Object Obscurity
Sandwiching
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Lapel Grab
(pulling in)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Above Both
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #16
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #8
32 System
Purple #22
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
Cross of Death
Twin Kimono
Hooking Wings
240
RAKING MACE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents hands to your
chest as you step forward with your right foot and form a
right neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right
uppercut punch to the opponents solar plexus.
Some practitioners utilize a middle knuckle fist strike.
By moving in the direction of the opponents pull (Purposeful
Compliance) you preserve your balance and enhance your counter
strikes.
The uppercut punch checks the opponents depth and aids in
preventing a head butt.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with
your right foot.
241
RAKING MACE
242
RAKING MACE
EXTENSION
5. After your sandwiching elbow strike, execute a left twofinger eye hook (in a small clockwise circle) immediately
followed by a right inward (counterclockwise looping)
hooking heel palm strike and claw to the opponents
face as you side your right foot back to form a right 45degree cat stance.
Your left is in a checking position at the conclusion of this step.
243
SNAKING TALON
NAMEThe term talon is used in self-defense techniques to
represent a wrist grab. In this defense, you will utilize a
snaking defensive action and end with a grab to his right
wrist.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Handsword Block
Extended Outward Handsword Block
Transitional 45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Spinning Back Heel Thrust Kick
Back Heel Kick
Extension
Rear Crossover
Rear Twist Stance
Roundhouse Kick
Rear Spinning Thrust Kick (on ground)
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Squeegee
Opposing Forces
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #9
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #9
32 System
Blue #2
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circling Fans
Parting of the Snakes
Entwined Maces
244
SNAKING TALON
BASE TECHNIQUE
In this defense, we ride the
opponents attack.
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as your right hand loops
a figure eight with a right inward handsword to the
outside and on top of the opponents left arm followed
by a right extended outward handsword to the outside of
his right arm. Your left hand positionally checks at solar
plexus level.
Your right hand follows a path and not a line. During this action,
keep your elbow anchored.
Both actions diagonally check the opponents Height and Width
zones by crisscrossing his arms diagonally downward.
Your left hand may assist by delivering a left inward parry (minor
move) to the outside of his right arm.
245
SNAKING TALON
246
SNAKING TALON
EXTENSION
In this extension, we assume that
the opponent is hitting a wall and
bouncing back toward us.
In ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER,
we execute a series of kicks
designed to get us OFF the
ground. In this extension, we
perform a series of kicks to get us
ON the ground.
6. Plant your right foot into a right rear crossover and form a
right rear twist stance and pivot clockwise as you drop
onto your right side to deliver a left roundhouse kick to
the opponents groin.
Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and as you pivot, drop onto your
right knee.
You will be on your right knee as you kick. This will give you a height
differential as you are low on this kick so that you can lift and push
up into the next kick.
7. Spin clockwise and plant your left knee. Using your arms
to assist you, push up into a right rear spinning thrust kick
to any available opening.
Your head will be pointing toward 4:30. Notice how this sequence
moves you off the line of attack and under his momentum.
247
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #10
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #10
32 System
Purple #24
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Shield and Sword
Flashing Mace
Parting of the Snakes
248
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and
form a horse stance as you deliver a right vertical
outward block simultaneously with a left straight punch to
the opponents right lower ribcage.
The right vertical outward block essentially acts as a parry in this
defense. It is sometimes referred to as a outward deflection block.
Your left punch strikes downward on a 45 degree angle to control his
Dimensional Zones. The opponents own momentum drives him into
your left punch.
This action should bend the opponent forward at the waist.
249
250
EXTENSION
6. Without rising upward, deliver a right knife edge kick to
the back of the opponents left knee.
Keep your right hand against the back of his right knee as you kick.
7. Plant your right foot toward 2:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you right hand follows through to deliver a
right heel palm strike to the opponents jaw and face.
Your left hand checks the opponents shoulder.
9. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) straight down and slide
your right foot back toward 9:00 to form a left neutral
bow stance facing 3:00. Simultaneously push the back of
his head with your left hand as you grab his chin with
your right hand and jerk. This combined action will
create a neck wrench.
This action will cause the opponent to spin and face you.
10. With your left foot (gauging leg) step back and deliver a
low right front snapping ball kick to the opponents
head.
During this action, check the opponents right arm with our right
hand or cover your groin.
251
RETREATING PENDULUM
NAMEThe term pendulum is used in self-defense
techniques to symbolically represent a downward block. In
this defense, you will utilize a downward block while
simultaneously increasing the distance between you and
your opponent (retreating).
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Block
Knife-Edge Kick
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Scoop Kick
Reverse Bow Stance Buckle
Extension
Close Kneel Stance
Heel Palm Claw and Grab
Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Heel Palm Claw
Inward Handsword Strike
45-Degree Cat Stance
Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Continuing the Circle
Top of Circle/Bottom of Circle
Distance Matching
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Thrusting Heel
Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #11
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #11
32 System
Blue #4
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
Flashing Mace
Unwinding Pendulum
252
RETREATING PENDULUM
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your right foot
toward 6:00 to form a left front twist stance facing 12:00
as you simultaneously deliver a right outward downward
diagonal block to the outside of the opponents right
leg. Your left hand checks next to your right shoulder.
This action will disturb the opponents balance, injure his leg, inflict
pain, and control his Width Zone by turning his body to the left.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the block as a right outside
downward block.
As the opponent delivers a left rear cross-right thrusting side kick, we
match his rear cross with our right rear cross (left front twist stance).
This is an example of Distance Matching.
3. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward overhead
hammerfist strike across the right side of the opponents
neck. Your left hand checks high near your right arm pit.
Take advantage of Gravitational Marriage as you plant and deliver
the right hammerfist strike.
Your right arm will follow a counterclockwise circle without any loss
of motion from the block.
253
RETREATING PENDULUM
5. Plant your right foot back and form a right reverse bow
stance buckle between the opponents legs. Use the
right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of the
opponents right leg from behind.
This action will drive the opponent face downward toward the
ground.
Some practitioners simultaneously deliver a right rear elbow strike to
the back of the opponents head.
Some practitioners conclude the Base Technique by delivering the
right reverse bow buckle to this opponents right hip. This will launch
him forcefully forward onto his stomach.
Both your right arm and your right leg are orbiting in a
counterclockwise circle but at different points in time.
254
RETREATING PENDULUM
EXTENSION
6. Pivot clockwise and form a right close kneel stance as
you execute a left heel palm claw and grab to the
opponents testicles from behind. Your right hand is
checking across his body to this left hip or left shoulder
depending upon his position.
7. Rise upward to form a right neutral bow stance as you
deliver a right back knuckle strike to the opponents
right kidney. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a
right forward bow stance as you deliver a left inward heel
palm claw to the left side of his face.
8. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as
you deliver a right inward handsword strike to the right
side of the opponents neck.
9. Slide your right foot back to form a right 45-degree cat
stance and deliver a right roundhouse kick to the right
side of the opponents face.
10. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
255
TRIPPING ARROW
NAMEIn this defense you will utilize a forward bow stance
to trip your opponent. Originally a forward bow stance was
known as a bow and arrow stance which gave rise to the
name of this technique.
ATTACK
FRONT
Bear Hug
with arms free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Inward Hooking Heel Palm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Downward Heel Stomp
Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Either to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
Extension
Close Kneel Stance
Two-Finger Poke
Downward Knee Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Burdening
Top & Bottom Takedown
Diversified Angle of Retraction with foot
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Dance of Death
Gripping Talon
Dominating Circles
Falling Falcon
Unfolding the Dark
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #12
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #12
32 System
Purple #25
FORM LOCATION
None
256
TRIPPING ARROW
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 and form a horse
stance as your left hand grabs the opponents right
shoulder and pulls downward to control his Height Zones.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward hooking heel palm
strike to the opponents left jaw hinge.
By pulling downward on his shoulder you nullify his leverage and
prevent him from delivering a knee or kick. This is also called a
Burdening Check.
Drive your left elbow downward into his right forearm to further
create an Angle of Disturbance.
Your right hand contours the opponents left arm to deliver the
inward hooking heel palm strike.
257
TRIPPING ARROW
EXTENSION
5. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 (to the left side of his
head) and pivot counterclockwise to drop into a left
close knee stance and drive your right knee downward
into his solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver a right
two-finger poke to his eyes.
Depending upon circumstances, the right foot may plant below the
opponents right arm.
258
FALLEN CROSS
NAMEIn this defense, you will cross the opponents arms
and force them downward (fallen) onto your knee to cause
a hyper-extension or break.
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
Hose Stance
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Knee Kick
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Thrusting Ball Kick
Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Change-up Point
Angle of Cancellation
Opposing Forces
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #13
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #13
32 System
Purple #26
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circling Wing
Cross of Destruction
Escape from Death
Thrusting Salute
259
FALLEN CROSS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Grab both of the opponents wrists with both of your
hands (right to right; left to left) and tuck your chin into
your chest as you step with your left foot toward 9:00 and
form a horse stance.
This action should hyper-extend or break the opponents thumbs as
you use the back of your neck as a fulcrum.
Using your shoulder as a fulcrum, pull the opponents arms
downward on a 45-degree angle to create an Angle of Disturbance
and control his Height Zone.
260
FALLEN CROSS
261
FALLEN CROSS
EXTENSION
4. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the opponents left jaw hinge.
Simultaneously check the opponents arms down at his
elbows with your left hand.
5. Immediately deliver a right outward horizontal heel palm
strike and claw to his jaw and face immediately followed
by a left knee kick to his groin.
6. Plant your left foot forward and form a left neutral bow
stance facing 4:30 and deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw.
Your left heel palm strike provides cover as you deliver a right front
thrusting ball kick.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your left foot toward
5:00.
262
RETURNING STORM
NAMEThe term storm is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a stick/baton attack. In this defense,
you will evade the opponents first inward attack and
attack into his returning attack as he swings outward.
BASICS
Base
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Extended Outward Block
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Upward Lifting Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Heel Stomp
ATTACK
FRONT
Inward Roundhouse
Outward Stick Attack
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #7
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #14
32 System
Purple #27
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Grasp of Death
Crossing Talon
Obstructing the Storm
Defying the Storm
Leap of Death
FORM LOCATION
None
263
RETURNING STORM
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. As the opponent delivers a wild inward horizontal
roundhouse club strike, execute a reverse push-drag
maneuver toward 7:30 to form a right neutral bow stance
facing 1:30. Place both of your arms close to your chest;
positioning them vertically with your fists on top.
When you shuffle toward 7:30, you are moving toward the Zone of
Sanctuary which causes the club to miss you.
Some practitioners do not shuffle away. Instead, they step toward
7:30 with their left foot and lean their body toward that direction
(right reverse bow stance toward 1:30) with their right arm hanging
down alongside their right leg and their left hand covering beside
the right side of their face. This position resembles the closing position
in Two Man Set.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated shuffling toward 8:00.
264
RETURNING STORM
265
RETURNING STORM
EXTENSION
6. Step back with your right foot toward 11:30 and form a
left neutral bow stance as your right hand re-grabs the
opponents right wrist and your left hand grabs his right
elbow. Immediately shift your left foot toward 7:30 to
form a left neutral bow stance and force the opponent
face downward onto the ground.
The opponents head will be pointing toward 9:00.
8.
266
CROSSED TWIGS
NAMETwig is a term used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an arm. In this technique, you will free
yourself from your opponents grasp by utilizing a counter
manipulation which crosses your opponents arm (twigs).
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand
Direct Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Transitional Reverse Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Upward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Double Downward Hammering Heel Palm Strikes
Upward Knee Kick
Extension
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Rear Scooping Heel Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Rear Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Outward Hooking Check
Inward Overhead Hammering Heel Palm Strike
Front Crossover Maneuver
Outward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike and Claw
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces
Angle of Cancellation
Continuity of Motion
Matching Counter
Purposeful Defiance
Purposeful Compliance
Borrowed Force
Gravitational Marriage
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #8
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #15
32 System
Purple #28
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spiraling Twig
Wings of Silk
Menacing Twirl
Desperate Falcons
Fatal Cross
Locked Wing
Thundering Hammers
267
CROSSED TWIGS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a
transitional right reverse bow stance as you counter grab
both of the opponents wrists (right to right and left to
left). As you settle into your stance, pull the opponent
along a downward 45-degree angle toward 1:30.
By pulling the opponent along this angle, you create an Angle of
Disturbance and an Angle of Cancellation to his Dimensional Zones.
Some practitioners utilize a left front crossover as the initial step. This
type of stance, however, places you in an unstable position.
268
CROSSED TWIGS
269
CROSSED TWIGS
EXTENSION
6. After your left knee kick to the opponents right rib cage,
immediately deliver a right upward knee kick to his rib
cage. Without loss of motion, and with your right leg still
in the air, deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the
opponents left knee.
These kicks should be executed in a Chicken Kick fashion.
Your right foot scrapes down the opponents shin and ends in a right
netural bow stance (transitional). This kick is meant to control the
opponents height zone.
270
TWIST OF FATE
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the manner in
which you grab and twist the opponents arms and force
him to the ground.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Twin Extended Outward Blocks
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Slicing Heel Kick (step through)
Reverse Push Drag Maneuver
Knee Kick
Extension
Forward Bow Stance
Twin Inward Heel Palm Strikes
Twin Ripping Claws
Twin Inverted Hooks
Twin Inward Downward Diagonal Handsword Strikes
Twin Inward Two-finger Hooks
Twin Downward Thrusting Handsword Strikes
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Front Crossover Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation
Angle of Disturbance
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #2
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #16
32 System
Blue #8
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Cross of Destruction
Thrusting Wedge
Encounter with Danger
Leap from Danger
Courting the Tiger
Circling Destruction
Fallen Cross
271
TWIST OF FATE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver right and
left extended outward handsword blocks to the inside of
the opponents wrists. Immediately have both hands
grab his wrists.
2. Pivot counterclockwise and form a left front rotating twist
stance to begin twisting his arm and controlling them
downward. Immediately deliver a right step through
slicing heel kick to the opponents lower right rib cage.
The rotating twist stance enables you to simultaneously control the
opponent and align for the kick.
272
TWIST OF FATE
EXTENSION
6. Plant forward and form a right forward bow stance and
deliver right and left inward heel palm strikes to his ears.
7. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance as you execute right and left double ripping
claws through his face.
8. Cross your left wrist over your right wrist and rotate your
hands downward (thumbs down). Pivot clockwise to
form a right forward bow stance and set third and fourth
fingers in to his eyes (right hand to left eye; left hand to
right eye).
9. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance and execute twin inverted hooks to the
opponents eyes.
10. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
you deliver right and left inward downward diagonal
handsword strikes to his neck.
11. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver right and left inward two-finger
hooks to his eyes.
12. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
you deliver right and left downward thrusting handsword
strikes to the sides of his neck.
These strikes are delivered to his trapezius muscles and begins to
force hiim away from you.
273
FLASHING MACE
NAMEThe term mace is used in self-defense techniques to
represent a fist. In this technique, you will use your fist in a
whirling (flashing) manner.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Step Through Maneuver
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Palm Bracing Angle Check
Upward Hooking Check
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Upward Heel Palm Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Shovel Kick
Spinning Low Back Heel Kick/Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Continuous circles
Zone of Obscurity
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #3
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #17
32 System
Purple #29
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Glancing Salute
Broken Gift
The Ram and the Eagle
Circling the Storm
274
FLASHING MACE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward block.
Simultaneously cock your right arm above your right
shoulder (palm out).
Your left knee positionally checks the opponents right knee.
Your right arm is cocked in a vertical outward block manner. You
can use this motion to create a fulcrum on the opponents right
elbow by allowing it to strike his inner wrist. This action will control his
Dimensional Zones and place his head in position for the next strike.
275
FLASHING MACE
276
FLASHING MACE
EXTENSION
6. As you are completing your right inward overhead
looping back knuckle strike, spin or pivot clockwise and
form a right reverse bow stance toward 4:30 to buckle
the back of the opponents right knee. As you are
completing this motion, loop your right arm
counterclockwise and deliver a right outward downward
diagonal hammerfist strike to the opponents jaw.
Your right outward downward diagonal hammerfist strike contours
the angle of his jaw.
277
GIFT OF DESTINY
NAMEThe term gift is used in self defense techniques to
symbolically represent an aggressive handshake attack. In
this technique, after counter manipulation, the fate (destiny)
of your opponent is in your hands.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Wrist Lock
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Extension
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Punch
Inward Upward Diagonal Stiff Arm Back Knuckle Strike
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Handshake
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #5
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #18
32 System
Blue #5
FORM LOCATION
None
278
GIFT OF DESTINY
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practioners perform the
opening two sequences in the
following manner:
Step 1
With your left hand, strike down
on top of the opponents right
wrist to create an Angle of
Disturbance to control his
Dimensional Zones (your left hand
will be in a push-down position).
Immediately step forward with
your right foot and form a right
netural bow stance and buckle
the inside of the opponents right
knee as you deliver a right inward
horizontal elbow strike to this solar
plexus. The action of pushing
down on the opponents arm
also gives you the target for your
elbow strike.
Step 2
Contour the opponents body
and deliver a right upward
flapping elbow strike.
3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance. With your right hand, twist the
opponents wrist clockwise (the opponents wrist will end
palm upward). Simultaneous with this action, your left
hand turns counterclockwise and ends palm upward
(your left palm is used as a pivot point for the opponents
right wrist. Your left hand re-grips and applies an inward
wrist lock against the opponents right hand.
As you settle into your left neutral bow stance, you right hand
chambers in preparation for the next strike.
By re-gripping with your left hand, you are able to increase the
torque on the opponents wrist.
Your right hand is actually executing a finger lock as it twists.
279
GIFT OF DESTINY
280
GIFT OF DESTINY
EXTENSION
6. Plant forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right outward horizontal
back knuckle strike to the opponents right jaw hinge.
Follow through with your right back knuckle strike and
pivot clockwise to form a right forward bow stance as
you deliver a left vertical punch to the opponents right
jaw hinge.
Some practitioners add a right upward lifting back knuckle strike to
the opponents face as you plant forward. This natural motion
(similar to the ending sequence in SPIRALING TWIG) moves the
opponents head in a more suitable position for the right outward
back knuckle strike to his jaw hinge.
The right outward back knuckle strike is often delivered in an
outward downward diagonal direction.
10. Slide your left foot toward 9:00 and form a left reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponents right
knee as you simultaneously deliver a left back
hammerfist strike to the opponents groin.
281
GIFT OF DESTINY
282
WINGS OF SILK
NAMEThe term wings is used symbolically in self-defense
techniques to represent the elbows. In this defense, you will
slip out of the opponents lock as if you were taking off a
jacket lined with silk.
ATTACK
REAR
Two Arm Lock
(akimbo)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Locks
BASICS
Base
Stomp Kick
Back Obscure Elbow Strike
Back Scooping Heel Kick
360-Degree Counterclockwise Twirl Foot Maneuver
Fighting Horse Stance
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Extension
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Roundhouse Kick
Inward Heel Palm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Two-Hand Left Outward Bent Arm Wrist Lock
Thrusting Knee Kick
Fighting Horse Stance
Upward (palm up) Heel Palm Strike
Outward Hooking Parry
Outward Horizontal Finger Slice
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #13
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #19
32 System
Purple #31
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3
283
WINGS OF SILK
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Deliver a left stomp kick to the opponents left instep as
you simultaneously use your left hand to pinch the nerve
located on the crest of his left hip.
The left downward stomp kick and the nerve pinch are used as
distraction techniques. They are pre-fixes to the defensive sequence.
Scrape down the opponents left shin as you deliver the downward
stomp kick to his instep.
The opponent will react to the stomp by lifting his left leg. To control
this action and prevent an unintentional knee kick, your left hand
also checks his left leg.
The left stomp also drops your height which assists in controlling his
Height Zone.
2. Slip your right arm out of the opponents right arm as you
deliver a right back obscure elbow strike to the
opponents chin. Simultaneously execute a right back
scooping heel kick to his groin.
Use your right hand to grab and deliver a right rear upward vertical
claw to his groin as you simultaneously deliver the obscure elbow
strike.
284
WINGS OF SILK
EXTENSION
5. Pivot clockwise and form a right neutral bow stance
facing 3:00 as you deliver a right outward horizontal back
knuckle strike through his left ribcage.
6. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the back of his left
knee as you simultaneously execute a right inward heel
palm strike to the back of his head.
Allow your right hand to follow through with its action over the top of
his left arm.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated that the right inward heel palm
strike the back of his left elbow.
7. Grab his left hand with both of your hands and prepare
for an outward wrist lock as your right foot plants down in
front of his left foot.
Your right foot may scrape and stomp the opponents left ankle as
you plant.
285
WINGS OF SILK
286
GRIPPING TALON
NAMEThe term talon is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a wrist grab. In this technique, your
opponent grabs (grips) your right wrist with his left hand.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Direct Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Hammerfist Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Rear Crossover Maneuver
Reverse Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Inner Wrist Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Sweeping Scoop Kick
Front Crossover Stomp
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Opposing Forces
Angle of Disturbance
Third Hand
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #17
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #20
32 System
Blue #1
FORM LOCATION
NONE
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Mace of Aggression
Flashing Wings
Glancing Spear
Reversing Mace
Circling Destruction
Thundering Hammers
287
GRIPPING TALON
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Begin to orbit your right arm in a counterclockwise circle.
At the apex of the circle, counter-grab the opponents
left wrist with your left hand. Step forward with your right
foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral bow stance.
Pull your right arm free and deliver a right outward
downward hammerfist strike to the opponents groin.
The purpose of circling your right arm in a counterclockwise circle is
to momentarily control your opponents wide zone and prevent him
from striking with his right hand.
The counter-grab with your left hand first acts as a pinning check
before grabbing downward.
Your right hand acts as a fulcrum against the opponents left wrist.
When you step forward with your right foot, step inside of his left foot
to prepare for a leg buckle.
Time your right outward downward hammerfist strike to occur as you
settle into your stance.
Use your left hand to pull and anchor the opponents left arm
outward and downward on a 45-degree angle to control his
dimensional zones. Utilize your chest as a fulcrum point to apply
pressure to his left elbow.
288
GRIPPING TALON
289
GRIPPING TALON
EXTENSION
5. After your right knee kick and with your right leg still in the
air, cross your right leg behind your left and plant toward
4:30 to form a left front twist stance. Simultaneously,
reach across with your right hand and grab his face
(right side of his jaw). Immediately pivot clockwise and
form a left neutral bow stance as you anchor your right
elbow.
These combined actions will spin the opponent around and over
with his back resting on your left knee.
Your left hand maintains its grab to his left wrist.
Use your right arm as a fulcrum to control your opponent.
290
GATHERING CLOUDS
NAMEThe term clouds is used in self-defense techniques to
represent overlapping circles. This technique utilizes inward
overlapping circles for the initial defensive action.
BASICS
Base
Modified Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Inward Horizontal Vertical Middle-Knuckle Fist Rake
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Front Scoop Kick
Inward Two-Finger Hook
Extension
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Spinning Back Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Heel Palm Claw
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Deflection
Elastic Recoil
Ratcheting
Angle of Disturbance
Zone of Obscurity
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #10
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #21
32 System
Purple #32
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Hugging Pendulum
Bow of Compulsion
Circles of Protection
Taming the Mace
291
GATHERING CLOUDS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a
modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal
vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponents
right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your
right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal
handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney.
Your left hand checks his right arm.
Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may
also be delivered to his arm.
Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check.
This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the
left foot.
2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you
settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing
angle check against his right elbow.
When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry.
This action will disturb the opponents balance and cause him to
bend further at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and
12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.
3. Pin the opponents right arm against his body with your
left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to
his left eye.
By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you
to contour toward the target.
This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.
4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back
toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.
292
GATHERING CLOUDS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a
modified left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry simultaneous with a right inward horizontal
vertical middle-knuckle fist rake through the opponents
right ribcage. Immediately reverse the motion of your
right arm and deliver a right outward horizontal
handsword strike to his right lower ribcage or kidney.
Your left hand checks his right arm.
Depending upon circumstances, the middle knuckle fist rake may
also be delivered to his arm.
Keep your right hand at his ribcage to act as a lock out check.
This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with the
left foot.
2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance toward 1:30 to buckle the inside of his right
knee. Simultaneously deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the front of his right lower ribcage as you
settle into your stance. Your left hand acts as a bracing
angle check against his right elbow.
When you step forward you will be on and over the Line of Entry.
This action will disturb the opponents balance and cause him to
bend further at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping between 11:00 and
12:00 to buckle the inside of his right knee.
3. Pin the opponents right arm against his body with your
left hand and deliver a right front scoop kick to his groin.
Simultaneously deliver a right inward two-finger hook to
his left eye.
By buckling his right leg outward, you will have a Line of Entry for you
to contour toward the target.
This action will cause him to further bend forward at the waist.
4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot back
toward 7:00. This was also the Angle of Departure.
293
GATHERING CLOUDS
EXTENSION
4. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. While checking with your left
hand, execute a right front snapping ball kick to the
opponents groin. Plant your right foot (gauging leg)
down and follow with a left front snapping ball kick to his
chin.
This kicks are delivered in a chicken kick fashion.
Plant your right foot (gauging leg) beside your left foot
and turn counterclockwise to deliver a left thrusting knife
edge kick to the inside of the opponents left knee.
7. Plant your left foot toward the opponent and form a left
reverse bow stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise
and form a left front rotating twist stance as you deliver a
left outward back knuckle strike followed by a right
inward heel palm claw to the opponent's head and
face.
8. Pivot clockwise and form a left neutral bow stance as
you deliver a left inward heel palm claw to the
opponents face. Continue the flow of motion and
deliver a left back kick to any available opening.
Stay low as you kick with your left foot.
294
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
NAMEThe name of this defense is derived from the twin
strikes that occur before the defensive action.
BASICS
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Choke
pulling in
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Overhead Punch/Uppercut Punch Combination
Modified Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Inward Downward Block (palm down)
Horizontal Finger Thrust
Horse Stance
Horizontal Thrust Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
Extension
Upward Vertical Hooking Heel Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Half Nelson Throw
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Ball of Foot Kick
Half Fist Strike
Front Scooping Ball of Foot Kick
Front Stomp Kick
Back Kick
Inward Sweep Kick
Rear Stomp Kick
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #6
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #22
32 System
Blue #6
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
Long Form 3
295
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense can be used
against a choke or a two-hand
lapel grab pulling in.
2. Slide your right foot to the right toward 1:30 and form a
modified right neutral bow stance as you deliver a right
inward block to the outside of the opponents left arm
and a left inward downward block (palm down) to the
top of his right arm.
Your left arm weaves between the opponents arm to assist in
breaking the grip. Some practitioners do not weave but have the left
arm pass beneath both arms and clear outward horizontallywith a
vertical outward block.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
2:00.
296
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
297
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
EXTENSION
6. Drag your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot
and deliver a right upward vertical hooking heel kick to
the opponents groin.
7. Plant your right foot toward 1:30 and form a right reverse
bow stance to buckle the inside of the opponents left
leg. Simultaneously deliver a right uppercut forearm strike
to the opponents left elbow.
8. Reach under the opponents head and hook your right
hand around the right side of his neck. Drag your left foot
(gauging leg) toward your right foot and immediately
shoot your right foot back into a right reverse bow stance
as you jerk his head downward and flip him onto his
back with his feet pointing toward 7:00. This is known as a
half nelson throw.
You may execute a right vertical heel kick to the opponents groin
as your left leg drags toward your right leg. This will cause the
opponent to react by bending forward and assist with the
takedown.
11. Drop your weight and form a left close kneel stance
facing 1:30 as you deliver a right downward knee kick to
the opponents solar plexus as you simultaneously deliver
a right half fist strike to his throat. Your left hand is
covering.
298
DESTRUCTIVE TWINS
13. Plant your right foot above his head and hop forward
onto your right foot to gauge for distance. Deliver a left
back kick to the opponents head.
14. Plant your left foot toward 9:00 and pivot
counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance.
Continue the pivot to deliver a right inward sweep kick
across the opponents face. Continue spinning and
plant your right foot near your left foot and deliver a left
rear stomp kick to the right side of his neck.
15. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
toward 10:30.
299
BROKEN RAM
NAMEThe term ram is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an attempted tackle. In this
technique, you will apply a counter measure which may
break or dislocate the opponents arm.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Uppercut Break
Rear Scoop Kick
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Extension
Upward Outward Diagonal Claw
Inward Upward Diagonal Claw
Upward Knee Kick
Knife Edge Kick
Rear Spinning Scoop Kick
Back Thrust Kick
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Angle of Deviation
Angle of Disturbance
Breaking/Locking
Bumping/buckling
Angular Attack (zone of obscurity)
ATTACK
FRONT
Tackle
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #18
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #23
32 System
Blue #7
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locked Wing
Charging Ram
Wings of Silk
Obscure Claws
Intercepting the Ram
300
BROKEN RAM
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some instructors teach this
technique by sliding to 4:30 rather
than 3:00. Keep in mind that the
purpose of adjusting your angle is
to take your off the line of attack
and properly position yourself for
your counter offensive. With this
consideration in mind, these
angles are merely guidelines as
you will have to adjust your angle
according to the speed,
distance, and position of your
opponent.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual
had the defender begin in a right
neutral bow stance. After moving
off the line of attack, the
defender delivered a right
outward downward parry to the
inside of the opponents left arm.
The rest remained the same with
the right arm orbiting AFTER the
scoop is made.
301
BROKEN RAM
EXTENSION
This extension demonstrates a
method of controlling the
opponent by following his
upward motion with claws which
are designed to blind and
distract him; thus, giving the
defender the time needed to
initiate his retaliatory strikes
designed to regain control of the
opponents height and width
zones.
302
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #16
Orthodox 24 System
Blue #24
32 System
Blue #3
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Shield and Mace
Gathering Clouds
Circling Fans
Destructive Fans
Leaping Crane
303
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 as you defend with a
left inward parry. Immediately slide your right foot toward
your left foot and form a right 45-degree cat stance.
Your right hand circles from Point of Origin to first cover
past your groin and then tracks over your left wrist to
deliver a right thrusting vertical back knuckle strike to
the opponents right cheek bone.
Some practitioners time the right thrusting vertical back knuckle
strike to occur as they settle into the right netural bow stance while
other time it when they are in the right 45-degree cat stance.
Distance and circumstances will determine your choice of action.
Your right fist will be slightly inverted and angled along the 1:30-7:30
line to fit the target. This action will cause the opponents head to
snap back.
304
EXTENSION
Alternate versions of the final
kicking sequence are as follows:
VERSION 1
Step 7
Pull your right foot off his body
and plant it to the outside of his
right hip. Stand up and slide your
left foot (gauging leg) toward
your right foot. Immediately
deliver a right downward heel
stomp to the opponents groin.
Step 8
From Point of Contact, pivot
counterclockwise and slide your
right foot up his body ending with
a right thrusting knife edge kick to
his chin.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out.
VERSION 2
Step 7
Pull your right foot off his body
and plant it to the outside of his
right hip. Stand up and slide your
left foot (gauging leg) toward
your right foot. Immediately
deliver a right downward heel
stomp to the opponents groin.
Step 8
Plant your right foot to the outside
of his right hip. Immediately pivot
counterclockwise and finish with
a left spinning back heel stomp
to his head or rib cage.
Pull your right foot off his body and plant it down beside
his right hip as you stand up. Immediately execute a left
front downward heel stomp to his groin and begin to
pivot clockwise.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right front downward
heel stomp.
Step 9
Execute a left front crossover and
double cover out.
305
GREEN BELT
OBSCURE CLAWS
NAMEObscure is a term used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an action in the Obscure Zone. This
technique utilizes clawing counter attacks within your
opponents Obscure Zone.
ATTACK
RIGHT REAR FLANK
Left Hand
Shoulder Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Upward Diagonal claw
Inward Claw
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Transitional Left Neutral Bow Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Looping Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Outward Inverted Middle-Knuckle Fist Strike
Extension
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Heel Palm Strike & Claw
Inward Heel Palm Strike & Claw
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Front Twist Stance
Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Angle of Cancellation
Opposing Forces
Fitting
Angular Attack
Obscure Zone
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
4:30
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #20
Orthodox 24 System
Green #1
32 System
Blue #12
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Striking Serpents Head
Snakes of Wisdom
Twirling Hammers
Marriage of the Rams
Five Swords
306
OBSCURE CLAWS
BASE TECHNIQUE
Another timing that may be
utilized is as follows:
Step 1
Execute a right outward claw to
the opponents face and begin
to wrap around his arm.
Step 2
Slide your right foot forward and
form a right front twist stance as
your right arm executes an
uppercut break simultaneously
with a left inward heel palm and
claw to the opponents face.
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Deliver a right outward
upward diagonal claw to your opponents face
immediately followed by a left inward claw to his face.
Continue the motion of your left hand and pin the
opponents left hand to your right shoulder.
Your right foot steps to the outside of your opponents left leg.
We borrow the motion of the opponents pull to enhance the
effectiveness of your right outward claw. The outside of your right
arm then acts as a check against his left arm.
2. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right uppercut
forearm strike against the opponents left elbow joint.
Your left hand continues to act as a check.
3. Step forward with your left foot toward 12:00 and form a
transitional left neutral bow stance and immediately
pivot clockwise to face 4:30 in a right forward bow
stance as your right hand reverses its motion and circles
counterclockwise to deliver a right inward looping back
knuckle strike to the opponents right mastoid.
Simultaneously deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponents solar plexus.
A right outward horizontal back knuckle strike to the opponents
solar plexus may be inserted as the right arm orbits for the inward
looping back knuckle strike.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise to face
5:00.
307
OBSCURE CLAWS
EXTENSION
5. Pivot clockwise and form a right front rotating twist
stance and deliver as you deliver a right outward heel
palm strike & claw followed by a left inward heel palm
strike & claw to his face.
6. Pivot counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver a right inward heel palm strike and
claw to the left side of his face immediately followed by
a right thrusting knife-edge kick to the inside of his right
knee.
7. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 10:30 forming
a right front twist stance and immediately pivot
counterclockwise and execute a right roundhouse kick
to the opponents kidney.
8. From your roundhouse kick, execute a right front
crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.
308
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Either to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #9
Orthodox 24 System
Green #2
32 System
Blue #22
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Flight to Freedom
Twist of Fate
Leap from Danger
Courting the Tiger
309
BASE TECHNIQUE
In this defense, we perform a
rear break fall because under the
circumstances, that is the angle
of least resistance.
The Ideal Technique assumes
that the opponent steps forward
with his right foot as he continues
to attack.
310
EXTENSION
5. Plant your left foot toward 12:00 and pivot
counterclockwise as you stand up and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 12:00.
6. Immediately deliver a right step through front snapping
ball kick to the opponents groin.
7. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance as you simultaneously deliver a right vertical
punch to the opponents sternum.
8. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right outward back
knuckle strike to the opponents right temple.
This strike loops in toward you then outward. Your right elbow will be
anchored as your fist makes contact.
311
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION
NAMEThe term destruction is symbolically used in selfdefense techniques to represent a left-handed action. In this
defense, your footwork will allow you to circle to a zone of
sanctuary.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Outward Parry
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Claw
Inward Handsword Strike
Front Scoop Kick
Outward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Step Through Knife Edge Kick
Front Twist Stance
Twin Heel Palm Thrusts
Heel Stomp
Front Crossover Stomp
Close Kneel Stance
Knee Drop
Inward Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #19
Orthodox 24 System
Green #3
32 System
Blue #9
FORM LOCATION
None
312
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance. As you step, defend with a right
inward parry followed by a left outward parry on the
outside of the opponent's left arm. Continue the
clockwise motion of your right arm and deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to his left lower ribcage as
you settle into your stance.
Your left hand finishes palm up hooking on top of the opponents left
arm at his elbow like a waiter carrying a tray.
This action should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual stated that you may begin this defense
either in a right neutral bow stance or standing naturally.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 1:00 with your
right foot.
If you begin in a right neutral bow stance, your right foot will adjust
slightly toward 3:00.
Some practitioners deliver blocks instead of parries. The principle
remains the same; however, blocks will control more of the
opponents Width Zone.
2. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right forward
bow stance facing 10:30 as you execute a left inward
horizontal heel palm strike to the opponents face.
We are assuming that the opponents forward momentum has not
stopped; so, we borrow his force and deliver a left inward horizontal
heel palm strike. The heel palm contours along his arm and acts as a
simultaneous check.
This action is Counter Balanced by cocking your right hand in a
handsword position by your right ear.
This action should cause the opponents head to snap back.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.
313
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION
5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately execute a left
front crossover and double cover out toward 4:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting back toward 4:00 and
an Angle of Departure in the same direction.
314
CIRCLING DESTRUCTION
EXTENSION
5. Plant your right foot back to 4:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 10:30. Immediately deliver a right step
through knife edge kick to the back of the opponents
left knee. Plant forward and form a right neutral bow
stance and deliver a right inward horizontal elbow strike
to the right side of his neck.
6. Slide your left foot forward and form a left front twist
stance as you deliver twin heel palm thrusts (right hand
above left hand) to the opponents back to force him to
fall onto his stomach with his head pointing toward 10:30.
As you deliver the dual heel palm thrusts, your right hand is above
with your fingers pointing in and your left hand is below with your
fingers pointing in.
Some practitioners do not advance into a left front twist stance but
remain in the right neutral bow stance. These same practitioners
often push with their left hand above the right.
7.
8. Slip your left foot off to the left side of his head as you
drop your right foot back off to the right side of his right
hip. Drop into a left close kneel stance to deliver a right
downward knee drop to his spine simultaneously with a
right thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in) to the back of
his head.
Your right hand uses the ground as a backstop.
315
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #4
Orthodox 24 System
Green #4
32 System
Blue #18
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Swinging Pendulum
Deceptive Panther
Reversing Circles
Fatal Deviation
Alternating Maces
Five Swords
316
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot
counterclockwise (Up the Circle) toward 4:30 and form a
right 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30. Simultaneously
deliver a left downward block to the inside of the
opponents right leg as you deliver a right vertical punch
to his face.
Your left foot slides toward 4:30 to set the angle and slides toward
10:30 to set the distance.
This action should injure the opponents right leg as well as drive his
face backward.
This defensive action is an example of beating action by meeting it.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.
3. Plant your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form a
right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical
punch to the opponents solar plexus as your right arm
checks horizontally on top of the opponents arms.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting your right foot toward
10:00.
317
318
EXTENSION
6. Pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow stance as
your right hammerfist hooks and pulls the opponent into
a left thrusting heel palm strike (palm up) to the left side
of the opponents jaw.
Practitioners who choose to deliver the right hammerfist strike to the
left jaw hinge of the opponent naturally eliminate the hook behind
the opponents neck.
Some practitioners deliver the left heel palm strike in an upward
manner to lift the opponent into the following right elbow strike.
7. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the
opponents face or left temple. Simultaneously claw
inward with your left hand and use your left hand as a
backstop to create a sandwiching effect.
This elbow is like a punch that slips past the opponents face.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 8:00 with your
left foot.
8.
319
SQUATTING SACRIFICE
NAMEThe term sacrifice is used in self defense techniques
to indicate that the defensive actions pose a high risk of
injury because the opponents hold/lock has been
established. In this defense, the opponent presses you
forward causing you to squat downward.
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Inward Downward Elbow Strikes
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Stomp Kick
Front Crossover Sweep and Stomp Kick
Extension
Neutral Bow Stance
Shovel Kick
Slicing Knife Edge Kick
Rear Spinning Back Thrust Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Opposing Forces
Leveraging
Angle of Disturbance
Contact Manipulation
ATTACK
REAR
Bear Hug
with arms free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Holds and Hugs
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #12
Orthodox 24 System
Green #5
32 System
Blue #10
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crashing Wings
Tripping Arrow
Twist of Fate
Twirling Sacrifice
Leap of Death
320
SQUATTING SACRIFICE
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot step to 3:00 and form a horse stance
facing 12:00 as your right and left inward downward
elbow strikes to the opponents forearms.
Drop your weight to control his Height Zone.
321
SQUATTING SACRIFICE
322
SQUATTING SACRIFICE
EXTENSION
Some practitioners insert
following actions:
the
323
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand Cross Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #6
Orthodox 24 System
Green #6
32 System
Blue #11
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crashing Wings
Crushing Hammer
Twirling Sacrifice
Grip of Death
Kneel of Compulsion
324
BASE TECHNIQUE
Depending
upon
the
circumstances, the left hand can
deliver a left outward upward
diagonal elbow strike to the
opponents face after the left
back elbow strike to his solar
plexus. Continue to circle your left
arm counterclockwise and end
with a left inward hammerfist
strike to his right kidney as you
simultaneously pin his right arm to
your body. From this point,
continue in the same manner
described in the text.
1. Turn your head to the left and tuck your chin into your
chest as you grab and pull the opponents right wrist
downward with your right hand. Simultaneously step to
3:00 with your right foot and form a horse stance and
deliver a left back elbow strike to his solar plexus.
Anchor your right arm to generate more power for the downward
pull.
325
326
EXTENSION
6. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) slightly backward and
deliver a left snapping knife edge kick to the inside of
the opponents left knee.
This action buckles the opponents leg and drops his head toward
you.
7. Plant your left foot back to 3:00 and form a right front
twist stance as you execute a left outward heel palm
strike and claw to the opponents face to bring him
toward you.
8. Pivot counterclockwise and deliver a right inward
hammerfist strike to his head to turn him clockwise so his
back will face you. Immediately deliver a right upward
knee kick to the back of his head or neck. Use your
hands to assist you in this action.
It is assumed that the opponent turns 180-degrees in reaction to the
hammerfist strike.
After the knee kick, the opponent falls forward onto both of his
knees. This gives you the target for the final strike.
327
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Right Step Through
Overhead Club
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Inverted Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Vertical Elbow Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Underhand Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Knife-Edge Kick
Extension
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Front Crossover Stomp
Slicing Knife-Edge Kick
Rear Stomp
Front Twist Stance
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #14
Orthodox 24 System
Green #7
32 System
Blue #15
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Triggered Salute
The Back Breaker
Defensive Cross
Kneel of Compulsion
Escape from the Storm
328
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form an
inverted right neutral bow stance as you deliver a left
inward parry to the outside of the opponents right arm
simultaneously with a right thrusting heel palm strike to
the opponents jaw.
Your right arm will end under and inside the opponents right arm
from Point of Origin.
This strike will stop the opponents forward body momentum and
snap his head back. This will force the opponent upward on his toe;
thus, controlling his Height Zone. It will also arch his back exposing his
sternum and solar plexus for attack.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
right foot.
2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left close
kneel stance as you deliver a right vertical elbow strike
to the opponents solar plexus. Continue to check the
opponents right arm with your left hand.
Utilize a collapsing elbow as you deliver this strike downward elbow
strike. This strike should take the wind out of the opponent.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 to form a
left close kneel stance.
329
330
EXTENSION
7. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right inward horizontal
elbow strike to the opponents right kidney. Immediately
drop into a right close kneel stance as you bend forward
and grab his left ankle with your left hand.
The elbow strike should force the opponent forward onto his
stomach.
Your right knee will check against the opponents right leg or hip.
8. With your left hand around the left side of his ankle,
place your right hand in the bend of his left knee and
pull upward to stretch him out. Without hesitation, slide
your right hand down to the top of his left foot and grab
near his toes. Immediately pivot clockwise to form a right
forward bow stance and pull up with your right hand (on
his ankle) and push down with your left (on his toes) to
roll him onto his back.
9. Immediately execute a left front crossover stomp to his
right knee. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) and
immediately deliver a right slicing knife edge kick to his
groin.
If the opponents legs are spread very wide, plant your left foot to
the inside of his right knee. If his legs are not spread wide, then plant
to the outside.
If you plant your left foot on the outside of his right leg, then deliver
your right sliding knife edge kick up his leg to act as a check.
10. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) to the right side of his
body and immediately pivot counterclockwise to deliver
a left rear stomp to his stomach.
11. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) behind your right leg
(toward 6:00) to form a right front twist stance. Pivot
counterclockwise to deliver a right downward looping
roundhouse kick to the opponents face.
Some practitioners plant their left foot near the opponents body
and pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist stance
in prepartation for the roundhouse kick. This method has the
advantage assisting with Continuity of Motion.
331
MENACING TWIRL
NAMEIn this defense, you will utilize a twirling maneuver to
break from the opponents grip. During this action, you will
penetrate and attack the opponents centerline.
ATTACK
REAR
Left Hand Belt Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Rear Twist Stance
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Downward Block
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Thrusting Knee Kick
Inward Upward Diagonal Knee Kick
Stomp Kick
Extension
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Upward Snapping Forearm Strike
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Inward Hooking Punch
Reverse Bow Stance
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Limited Retaliation
Angle of Cancellation
Angle of Disturbance
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #1
Orthodox 24 System
Green #8
32 System
Blue #16
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Twirling Wings
Detour from Doom
Glancing Wing
Circling Windmills
332
MENACING TWIRL
BASE TECHNIQUE
Another
below:
version
is
described
Step 1
Slide your right foot toward 6:30
and form a right reverse bow
stance as you deliver a right rear
hammerfist strike to the
opponents groin. Your left hand
is positioned near your right
pectoral muscle in preparation
for the next move.
Step 2
Pivot clockwise and form a right
forward bow stance facing 6:00
as you deliver a right outward
downward block to clear the
opponents
left
arm.
Simultaneously deliver a left
thrusting heel palm strike to the
opponents chin.
Step 3
Deliver a left knee kick to the
opponents groin as your right
hand cross checks across your
opponents chest.
Step 4
Deliver a right knee kick to the
inside of the opponents right
thigh. Using the knife edge of
your right foot, scrape down the
opponents leg and end with a
right downward stomp to the
opponents right foot as you
simultaneously deliver a right
inward downward diagonal
elbow strike ot the left side of the
opponents face. Time the elbow
to occur simultaneously with the
right stomp.
1. Slide your right foot back toward 7:30 and form a right
rear twist stance. Immediately pivot clockwise and form
a right forward bow stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a
right outward downward block to the inside of the
opponents left arm while simultaneously executing a left
thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw.
The left thrusting heel palm strike employs the principle of Limited
Retaliation which prevents the opponent from delivering an
effective right hand attack.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 5:00.
Simultaneously with the right rear twist stance, it indicated delivering
a right outward downward block as your left hand positionally
checks near your solar plexus.
333
MENACING TWIRL
EXTENSION
5. After your right stomp, keep your right foot in position as
your left foot adjusts slightly toward 1:00 (gauging leg).
Immediately deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to
the opponents left knee. Without planting down, follow
with a right roundhouse kick to the inside of his right
knee.
6. Plant your right foot down near his right foot forming a
right neutral bow stance as you execute a right upward
snapping forearm strike under his chin and without a loss
of motion convert this motion into a right downward
hammerfist strike to his right collar bone.
7. Continue the motion of your right arm and loop it back
into a right inward hooking punch to the left jaw of the
opponent as you gain force by pivoting into a right
reverse bow stance facing 1:00.
8. Execute a right front crossover and double coverout
toward 1:00.
334
ATTACK
REAR
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Either to Either
Extension
Inward Crescent Kick
Reverse Hook Kick
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #2
Orthodox 24 System
Green #9
32 System
Blue #28
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Aggressive Twins
Encounter with Danger
Escape from the Storm
Circling Windmills
Unfolding the Dark
FORM LOCATION
None
335
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. React to the opponents push by executing a forward
roll on your right shoulder toward 12:00. Finish the roll by
leaping upward and turning to face your opponent in a
left neutral bow stance facing 6:00.
2. As the opponent proceeds to attack with a right punch,
leap onto your left foot toward 4:30 and deliver a right
roundhouse kick to his solar plexus.
While leaping, your left hand guards low as your right arm positions
itself high like an extended outward block.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated leaping toward 4:00.
3. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 7:30 and pivot
counterclockwise to deliver a left spinning back heel
kick to the opponents right rib cage (toward 7:30).
During the execution of this kick, check over your left shoulder with
your right hand as your left hand checks low.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated kicking toward 8:00.
336
EXTENSION
4. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) down toward your
opponent and deliver a right inward crescent kick to his
face.
5. Plant your right foot down and drag your left foot
(gauging leg) and deliver a right reverse hook kick to
the back of his right knee to buckle his leg.
6. Immediately after the hook kick, bounce your right foot
off the ground and into a right roundhouse kick to any
available target.
7. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 1:30.
337
ADDITIONAL NOTES
This defense is related to ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER (see ENCOUNTER WITH DANGER
notes).
A forward shoulder roll is used to employ Purposeful Compliance and take the angle of
least resistance.
Side-stepping for the roundhouse kick takes you off the Line of Attack.
The main power source in this defense is Torque.
NOTES
338
CIRCLES OF PROTECTION
NAMEThe term circle is used in self-defense techniques to
represent movements, usually defensive movements, that
follow curved or circular orbits. In this defense, you will utilize
two overlapping circles in a defensive (protective) manner.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
overhead punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Forward Bow Stance
Upward Parry
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Ripping Claw
Underhand Heel Palm Claw
Wide Kneel Stance
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Extension
Close Kneel Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Raking Hammerfist Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Heel Palm Strike
Modified Extended Outward Block
Front Crossover Thrusting Sweep Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Stiff Arm Lifting Punch
Spinning Stiff Leg Back Kick
Spinning Vertical Heel Hook
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Beneath
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #3
Orthodox 24 System
Green #10
32 System
Blue #13
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
339
CIRCLES OF PROTECTION
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
forward bow stance as you simultaneously defend with a
right upward parry under and outside the opponents
right arm. Your left hand is cocked across your waist.
In this defensive action, you meet the opponents force and then
ride it.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the parry as a right upward
bocking parry.
Use your left knee to check the opponents right knee.
340
CIRCLES OF PROTECTION
341
CIRCLES OF PROTECTION
EXTENSION
5. Slide your left foot toward 10:00 and form a left close
kneel stance as your left hand slides down his right arm
to grab his wrist. Simultaneously deliver a right inward
downward diagonal raking hammerfist strike to his right
floating ribs.
6. While still maintaining the grab to his wrist, step back with
your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as your right hand delivers a right
upward heel palm strike to his elbow.
This action should hyperextend or break his elbow.
7.
right
over
front
right
9. Plant your right foot down and execute a right stiff arm
lifting punch to the opponents face or jaw. Allow the
torque of this action to turn you counterclockwise to
deliver one of two kicksa left spinning stiff leg back
kick or a left spinning vertical heel hook.
The right arm is palm down and extends past his left shoulder.
As you spin counterclockwise, your left hand which is acting as a
check may be used to assist you in hitting the opponents face
forcing him away.
342
CIRCLE OF DOOM
NAMEThe term doom is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a kick off the rear leg. In this
technique, you will use a circular defense to avoid the
impact of the kick.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Inward Downward (palm down) Block
Extended Outward Block
Rear Stiff-Leg Kick
Back Hooking Heel Kick
Extension
Inward Heel Palm Strike and Grab
Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place)
Inward Upward Diagonal Two-Knuckle Punch
Inward Hooking Punch
Front Crossover
Front Twist Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Framing
Baiting
Catching
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Thrusting Ball Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #11
Orthodox 24 System
Green #11
32 System
Blue #24
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Deflecting Hammer
Intellectual Departure
Buckling Branch
Rotating Destruction
Unwinding Pendulum
343
CIRCLE OF DOOM
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense begins on the
inside of the opponents right leg
and passes it to the outside.
2. With the opponents right leg still in the air and his back
facing you, deliver a right rear stiff-leg kick up and under
the opponents groin.
Use the back of your right heel to kick. Make sure that you make
contact with your target before he plants his right foot.
If necessary, drag your left foot toward your right foot to gauge for
distance.
This kick will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
344
CIRCLE OF DOOM
EXTENSION
4. Plant your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right reverse
bow stance facing 12:00. Immediately pivot clockwise
and form a right neutral bow stance as you execute a
right inward heel palm strike and grab. Turn the
opponent toward you as you pivot clockwise to form a
right front rotating twist stance (in-place) and deliver a
left inward upward diagonal two-knuckle punch to the
opponents ribs.
Your right inward heel palm and grab turns the opponent toward
you (clockwise) and exposes his centerline.
Some practitioners deliver a left inward upward diagonal middle
knuckle fist punch.
345
BROKEN GIFT
NAMEThe term gift is used in self defense techniques to
symbolically represent an aggressive handshake attack. In
this technique you will utilize joint manipulations to hyperextend or break the opponents right arm.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Flapping Elbow Strike
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Elbow Strike
Extension
Inward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Upward Vertical Elbow Strike
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Inward Wrist Lock
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Upward Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Rear Scooping Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Contact Manipulation
Locking/Breaking
Angle of Disturbance
Opposing Forces
Third Hand
ATTACK
FRONT
Handshake
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #5
Orthodox 24 System
Green #12
32 System
Blue #25
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Spiraling Twig
Gift of Destiny
Thrusting Lance
Defensive Cross
Reversing Circles
Gift of Destiny
Spiraling Twig
346
BROKEN GIFT
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense can be used as a
Back Up Technique for GIFT OF
DESTRUCTION of the opponents
checks your Width Zone.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
indicated stepping along a 45
degree angle on the two initial
moves. The first step is toward 1:00
with your left foot as you deliver
the upward flapping elbow strike.
The second step is toward 7:00 as
you deliver the right outward
back knuckle strike. By stepping
on the 45 degree angles, this
places the entire sequence of
the technique on the 45 degree
angle lines or the X.
2. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance and twist the opponents wrist
clockwise and past your left hip. Immediately deliver a
right outward back knuckle strike to the opponents right
temple. Your left hand continues controlling the
opponents right arm.
Pull the opponent along a downward 45 degree angle to create an
Angle of Disturbance.
Your right hand contours along the opponents right arm to deliver
its outward back knuckle strike.
3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right inward
elbow strike to the left side of the opponents jaw.
Your left hand continues to control the opponents Dimensional
Zones by pulling his arm along the downward 45 degree angle.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual suggested using a right inward
downward diagonal elbow strike if circumstances dictate.
Your right arm contours the opponents head to deliver the inward
elbow strike. This is a collapsing elbow strike that utilizes the principle
of Contouring.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated moving up the circle toward
4:00 as you deliver a right inward elbow strike.
347
BROKEN GIFT
EXTENSION
3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal elbow strike to the left side of the
opponents jaw. Follow with a right outward downward
diagonal elbow strike to the right jaw of the opponent.
Immediately follow without any loss of motion with a right
upward vertical elbow strike to his chin.
Your elbows strike in a horizontal figure eight motion while employing
the principle of contouring
6. Plant your right foot down and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver a right upward lifting back knuckle
strike to the opponents face.
7. Immediately adjust with your left leg (gauging leg) and
deliver a right thrusting knife edge kick to the
opponents left inner knee.
8. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 to form a left rear twist
stance. Immediately pivot counterclockwise and deliver
a left rear scooping heel kick to the opponents chin.
9. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
toward 5:00.
348
HEAVENLY ASCENT
NAMEThe name of this defense is a poetic way to
describe the upward lifting action of your arms to escape
from your opponents grip.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Twin Upward Forearm Strikes
Fighting Horse Stance
Upward Elbow Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Strike and Claw
Half Fist Strike
Extension
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Rear Crossover
Upward Claw
Reverse Bow Stance
Rear Heel Palm Strike and Claw
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #12
Orthodox 24 System
Green #13
32 System
Blue #14
FORM LOCATION
None
349
HEAVENLY ASCENT
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step forward and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously deliver twin
upward forearm strikes to the inside of the opponents
forearms to break the choke.
Step to the inside of the opponents right knee to buckle and create
an Angle of Disturbance.
Your forearms act as a wedge by clasping your hands together. This
action forces the opponents arm to straighten and drives them
apart. When the opponents arms are straight, he looses his ability to
effectively choke.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping forward toward 11:00.
350
HEAVENLY ASCENT
351
HEAVENLY ASCENT
EXTENSION
6. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands contour
the opponents arms and end with grabs to each of his
wrists. Pull the opponent diagonally downward to create
an Angle of Disturbance.
7. Deliver a left front snapping ball kick to the opponents
groin immediately followed by a right front snapping ball
kick to his solar plexus or sternum.
These kicks are executed in a chicken kick manner.
8. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right stiff arm lifting back
knuckle strike to this opponents chin. Immediately
follow with a downward vertical back knuckle along the
same path to the bridge of his nose.
9. Deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist
strike to the left side of the opponents jaw immediately
followed by a right outward downward diagonal back
knuckle strike to this right side of his jaw.
These strikes follow a horizontal figure eight path of motion.
Some practitioners reverse the order of these strikes to a right
outward downward diagonal back knuckle strike followed by a right
inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike. The intention is to feed
the opponents face (target) into the left upward claw.
352
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Overhead Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Upward Cross-Hand Block
Forward Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Club Strike
Extension
Forward Club Strike
Low Inward Club Strike
Low Outward Club Strike
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Inward Overhead Looping Club Strike
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Heel Palm Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Elbow Strike
Reverse Step Through Maneuver
Stiff-Leg Sweep
Inward Downward Diagonal Club Strike
Front Crossover
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Club Strike
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #7
Orthodox 24 System
Green #14
32 System
Blue #20
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
353
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 to form a horse
stance facing 1:30. Simultaneously deliver an upward
cross-hand block (right over left) against the opponents
right wrist.
This block should make contact with the opponents right wrist at a
level above your head and off your right shoulder. This is designed to
catch his right arm while gettign off the Line of Attack.
Your intention is not to stop the force of his attack, but to mold
yourself to it and redirect it so you can take advantage of Borrowed
Force.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described angling the cross-hand block
toward 1:00.
354
355
EXTENSION
6. Contour up the opponents right arm to deliver a forward
right club strike to the back of the opponents head.
Continue this clockwise circle to deliver a low right
inward club strike to his right kneecap.
Follow through with the strike to the opponents right knee.
356
11. Step out with your left foot and cover toward 7:30.
357
CONQUERING SHIELD
NAMEThe term shield is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a block. In this defense, you will use a
block of your own to hyper-extend or break his defensive
arm.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Lapel Grab
(stiff arm)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Inward Vertical Forearm Strike
Thrusting Ball Kick
Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Elbow Strike
Downward Elbow Strike
Downward Heel Palm Claw
Extension
Vertical Punch
Stiff Arm Lifting Punch
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Knee Kick
Rear Twist Stance
Heel Palm Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Vertical Outward Knuckle Rake
Inward Downward Diagonal Knuckle Rake
Front Step Through Shovel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Diversified Angle of Attack
Floating
Settling
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Left
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Green #14
Orthodox 24 System
Green #15
32 System
Blue #21
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Delayed Sword
Lone Kimono
Repeated Devastation
Wings of Silk
Protecting Fans
358
CONQUERING SHIELD
BASE TECHNIQUE
In Lone Kimono, we are able to
step back to protect against his
right arm. In this defense, we are
unable to step back so we force
the opponent to step back by
kicking to his right inner knee.
1. Pin the opponents left hand to your chest with your left
hand as you execute a right inward vertical forearm
strike to the outside of his left elbow. Simultaneously
deliver a right thrusting ball kick to his right inner knee.
This kick should buckle the opponents right knee thereby controlling
this Dimensional Zones.
Have your right arm travel upward from the vertical elbow strike over
his left arm in preparatio for the next move.
2. Plant your right foot toward 12:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance as you deliver a right downward elbow strike
to the opponents left forearm.
This action will force the opponents head down, forward, and
toward you.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 11:00.
359
CONQUERING SHIELD
EXTENSION
5. Drop your right hand to check the opponents left arm as
you deliver a left vertical punch to his sternum.
Immediately follow with a right stiff arm lifting punch
under his jaw toward 11:00.
Some practitioners pivot clockwise and form a right forward bow
stance as they deliver the left vertical punch and pivot
counterclockwise and form a right neutral bow stance as they
deliver the stiff arm lifting punch.
10. Step toward 6:00 with your left foot and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
inward downward diagonal knuckle rake across the
bridge of the opponents nose or cheek bone.
11. Deliver a left front step through shovel kick striking the
opponents knee, ribs, or face.
12. From Point of Origin, execute a left front crossover and
double cover out toward 5:00.
360
ATTACK
FRONT
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Inward Handsword Strike
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Neutral Bow Stance Knee Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Extension
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Five-Finger Ripping Claw
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Inward Heel Palm Claw
Upward Knee Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Elastic Recoil
Angular Defense
Trapping
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #15
Orthodox 24 System
Green #16
32 System
Blue #17
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Darting Mace
Gathering Clouds
Brushing the Storm
Circle of Doom
361
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some instructors teach this
technique as a defense against a
right step through overhead
punch.
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
forward bow stance as you simultaneously defend with a
left inward parry on the outside of the opponents right
arm. As you parry, deliver a right inward handsword strike
to the inside of his right biceps.
Some practitioners step forward with the left foot and form a left
close kneel stance to close off the low Line of Entry.
362
6. Plant your right foot back toward 12:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 6:00. Execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 10:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward
12:00.
Some practitioners conclude this defense by executing a left front
crossover sweep to his legs (causing him to fall) and finishing with a
right rear spinning heel kick to any available target. From Point of
Contact, execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 12:00.
363
EXTENSION
6. Plant your right foot back toward 1:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you execute a left thrusting heel
palm strike to his sternum. Slide your left hand up to his
throat to pin him against the wall.
The grab to the throat should pin him against the wall (controlling his
Depth) and simultaneously apply pressure upward (controlling his
height).
Some practitioners deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike (fingers in)
to the opponents sternum or solar plexus to pin him against the wall
and omit the grab to his throat.
7.
364
365
TWIRLING SACRIFICE
NAMEThe term sacrifice is used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent a move or action that is a potential
risk to yourself during its execution. In the original version of
this defense you execute a twirling foot maneuver designed
to force the opponent into an obstruction.
BASICS
Base
Horse Stance
Transitional Close Cat Stance
Extension
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Leg Figure Four Lock
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Kick
Reverse Push-Drag Foot Maneuver
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Purposeful Compliance
Leveraging
Angle of Disturbance
Angle of Cancellation
ATTACK
REAR
Full Nelson
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #11
Orthodox 24 System
Green #17
32 System
Blue #30
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Scraping Hoof
Repeated Devastation
Crashing Wings
Crossed Twig
Leap of Death
366
TWIRLING SACRIFICE
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners adhere to
the following version:
Step 1
With your opponent fully applying
a full nelson and bending you
forward, stiffen your body and
force your neck against his
hands. This is to cause the
opponent to focus his attention in
pressing you forward. Take
advantage of this forward
pressing action by stepping to 3:0
and forming a horse stance.
Step 2
Slide your left foot to your right
foot in a transitional left close cat
stance. Immediately step around
and behind the opponents right
leg and drive your left leg behind
his right leg to cause a buckle.
Simultaneously deliver a left
outward horizontal elbow strike to
the opponents face.
Step 3
Once the opponent has fallen to
the ground (his head will be
pointing toward 4:30) deliver a
right spinning back heel stomp
kick to his right rib cage.
Step 4
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
12:00.
367
TWIRLING SACRIFICE
EXTENSION
5. After spinning the opponent and having his head strike a
object, allow him to fall onto his back while still
maintaining control of his legs. Have your right hand grab
his right ankle and your left hand grab his left ankle. Step
back toward 12:00 with your left foot to form a right
neutral bow stance facing 6:00 as you flip your opponent
onto his face.
When you flip the opponent, use the obstacle as a brace to help
keep him supported on his face thereby allowing you to kick the
recommended targets.
8. With your left foot, step toward 4:30 and form a left close
kneel stance to deliver a right downward knee kick to
the opponents left leg to cause a dislocation.
As you form your left close kneel stance, use your left knee to strike
his right ankle while simultaneously striking his left leg with your right
knee.
9. Have both of your hands grab his right leg as you stand
up and execute a reverse push-drag foot maneuver.
Forcibly straighten his right leg and allow it to fall to the
ground.
The angle in which you pull on the opponents right leg will create
torgue thereby further increasing the injury to his right knee.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated grabbing the opponents left
leg and forcibly straightening it as you execute the reverse pushdrag foot maneuver. This will clear the legs but not injure them.
368
CROSS OF DEATH
NAMEThe term death is used in self-defense techniques
whenever there is the strong possibility of a fatality occurring
either in the attack or the defensive action.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Cross Choke
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Chokes
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Glancing Inward Forearm Strike
Vertical Punch
Forward Bow Stance
Uppercut Punch
Outward Hooking Parry
Chopping Punch
Vertical Back Knuckle Thrust
Extension
Roundhouse Kick
Outward Hooking Heel Kick
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Rear Crossover Ball Kick Stomp
Downward Heel Palm Strike
Rotating Five-Finger Claw
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Diversified Angle of Attack
Ricocheting
Diversified Angle of Retraction
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #17
Orthodox 24 System
Green #18
32 System
Blue #19
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Raking Mace
Tripping Arrow
Conquering Shield
Glancing Wing
Darting Mace
369
CROSS OF DEATH
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners teach this
defense against a right over left
cross choke.
1. As the opponent chokes you with his left hand over his
right, pin the opponents hands to your chest with your
left hand as your right foot steps forward and forms a
right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside
of his right knee. Simultaneously deliver a right glancing
inward vertical forearm strike against the opponents left
elbow and ending with a right vertical punch to his face.
Make sure greater pressure is applied against his left hand with your
left pinning check.
Your left forearm is wedge between the opponents arms and
prevents the choke from being applied.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00.
370
CROSS OF DEATH
371
CROSS OF DEATH
EXTENSION
5. Deliver a right roundhouse kick to the back of the
opponents left knee. Without planting down,
immediately deliver a right outward hooking heel kick to
the inside of the same left knee.
Your right hand grabs the opponents left shoulder and controls his
Width Zone.
The roundhouse kick buckles his knee forward and the hook kick is
executed in the direction that his leg is bent. These actions will widen
the opponents stace thus controlling his Width Zone.
6. Plant your right foot down and drag your left foot
(gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a right front
snapping ball kick to the inside of the opponents right
knee.
6. Plant your right foot down (gauging leg) and execute a
left rear crossover ball kick stomp to the opponents left
instep as you simultaneously deliver a right downward
heel palm strike to the opponents jaw.
7. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and pivot clockwise
to face 1:30 in a right neutral bow stance as you deliver a
right rotating five-finger claw (clockwise) through the
opponents face.
Some practitioners execute a right reverse step through
simultaneously with the right rotating five-finger claw to enhance its
effectiveness. If performed in this manner. The Angle of Departure
will be toward 4:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd stepping toward 7:00 with your
left foot.
372
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Right Roundhouse
Club Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Vertical Punch
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Wide Kneel Stance
Downward Club Thrust
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Front Crossover
Outward Downward Diagonal Club Strike
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Locked Wing
Calming the Storm
Tripping Arrow
Broken Ram
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #13
Orthodox 24 System
Green #19
32 System
Blue #26
FORM LOCATION
None
373
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step forward and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left extended
outward block to the inside of the opponents right wrist
simultaneously with a right vertical punch to his face.
Step forward to the inside of the opponents right leg.
The punch to his face should cause his head to snap backwards.
3. Shift your left foot (gauging leg) back toward 11:00 while
still pinning the opponents right arm and quickly circle
your right foot clockwise to travel around and behind the
opponents right leg. Immediately thrust your right leg
toward 6:00 and form a left forward bow stance. Use your
right leg to buckle his right leg as you simultaneously
deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to his jaw.
The opposing forces of the buckle and heel palm strike work
together in opposition to force the opponent to the ground. During
this action, your left hand grabs and slides along the opponents
right arm, ending at the wrist, as the opponent lands on the ground.
Some practitioners end this defense by delivering a right front stomp
to the opponents right shoulder or jaw and execute a right front
crossover sweep kick to his right arm as part of the cover out.
4. Adjust your right foot toward 7:30 and execute a left front
crossover and double cover out toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated adjusting your right foot toward
7:00 and an Angle of Departure toward 7:00.
374
EXTENSION
4. After having thrown the opponent onto his back and
while still maintaining a grab with your left hand to his
right wrist, reach over (clockwise) and around the club to
grab the far end and leverage it out of his grip.
5. While holding the club in your right hand and still
maintaining your left grab, drop slightly into a left wide
kneel stance and deliver a right downward club thrust to
his solar plexus.
Some practitioners drop to form a left close kneel stance.
7. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) toward the top of his
head and slide your right foot clockwise toward 10:30.
Simultaneously switch your hand on the club (keeping it
across his throat) and jerk backwards on the club with
both hands to again attempt to break his jaw or neck.
8. Maintain your grip on the club with your left hand and
execute a left front crossover toward 7:30 as you loop
the club clockwise over and down to deliver a left
outward downward diagonal club strike to the
opponents right temple.
Your left foot moves up the side of the circle.
375
ATTACK
FRONT
Tackle
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #8
Orthodox 24 System
Green #20
32 System
Blue #27
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Charging Ram
Broken Ram
Glancing Wing
Unfolding the Dark
Thundering Hammers
376
BASE TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners convert the
upward knee kick to a thrusting
knee kick and prefix a vertical
thrusting forearm strike to the
opponents face. A downward
heel palm strike to a kidney
immediately follows the forearm
strike in order to create a
sandwiching effect. The intent is
the arrest his forward momentum
with opposing lines of force.
2. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as you deliver a left inward
overhead elbow strike to his upper spine.
The opponents momentum forces you to plant back. We simply ride
this motion and take advantage of his action.
During this action, your right hand acts as a Sliding Check along the
opponents back to keep his Height Zone in check.
377
EXTENSION
4. With your right leg still in the air after delivering the right
rear scoop kick, immediately deliver a right back thrust
kick to the opponents body.
We are sophisticating the motion of the thrusting back kick by taking
advantage of its cocking motion. These two strikes should be
executed in the same continuous motion and should not be viewed
as two separate actions.
6. Plant your left foot toward 12:00 (gauging leg) and pivot
counterclockwise to form a left neutral bow stance.
Immediately deliver a right inward upward diagonal
slicing knife edge kick to the opponents face. In the
same continuous action, deliver a right thrusting knife
edge kick to the opponents right knee.
Again, we are sophisticating the motion of a basic. In this instance we
are taking advantage of the cocking motion of the knife edge kick.
These two strikes should be executed in the same continuous motion
and should not be viewed as two separate actions.
378
KNEEL OF COMPULSION
NAMEThis defense utilizes a series of strikes and leverage
points to force (compel) the opponent to kneel onto the
ground.
BASICS
Base
Inverted Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Outward Parry
Neutral Bow Stance
Step Through Knife-Edge Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Outward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Extension
Cross Snaking Hammerlock
Forward Step Through Maneuver
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Close Kneel Stance
Outward Downward Looping Crescent Heel Kick
Rear Crossover
Downward Knee Drop
Scraping Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Double Factor
Change-Up Point
Sandwiching
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #18
Orthodox 24 System
Green #21
32 System
Blue #23
FORM LOCATION
None
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gift in Return
The Back Breaker
Destructive Fans
379
KNEEL OF COMPULSION
BASE TECHNIQUE
This defense is sometimes
referred to as the back-up
technique for THE BACK
BREAKER. If you are unable to pull
the opponent backward or if you
lose control of the opponents
shoulders, you can immediately
flow into KNEEL OF COMPULSION.
2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 as your right hand
grabs the opponents right shoulder. Pivot clockwise and
grab the back of his left shoulder with your left hand.
Your right arm acts as a rolling check in the process of the grab.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
left foot.
380
KNEEL OF COMPULSION
EXTENSION
Some practitioners
following variation:
use
the
Step 6
With your right arm, circle under
the opponents left arm and pull
it behind his back in a
hammerlock. Pull his arm
backward as you simultaneously
deliver a left thrusting heel palm
strike to his shoulder blade to
cause a dislocation.
Step 7
With your left foot (gauging leg),
step over his left leg. Re-grip (from
palm-down to palm-up) the
opponents left wrist with your
right hand.
Step 8
Immediately step forward and
form a left neutral bow stance (or
close kneel stance) as you force
the opponent to the ground by
pulling up with your right hand
and delivering a left thrusting
heel palm strike (fingers in) to the
back of his head.
Step 9
Adjust your left foot (gauging leg)
toward your right foot and deliver
a right outward downward
looping crescent heel kick to the
left side of his head or clavicle.
Step 9
Execute a left rear crossover over
the opponents body planting
your left foot near his right hip
and deliver a left downward
knee drop to his spine.
8. Release the opponent with your left hand and grab his
wrist with your right hand as you execute a forward push
drag maneuver and form a left close kneel stance to
drop your right knee onto his left arm.
This action will cause a dislocation on his left shoulder.
9. Adjust your left foot (gauging leg) back to the left side of
the opponents hip (near your right foot ) and execute a
right outward downward looping crescent heel kick to
the left side of his head.
10. Execute a left rear crossover over the opponents body
planting your left foot near his right hip and deliver a left
downward knee drop to his spine.
11. Rise upward and adjust your left foot (gauging leg)
toward 8:00 (clockwise) and drop into a left close kneel
stance to deliver a right downward knee drop onto his
neck.
12. Stand up and execute a right scraping heel kick as you
execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 9:00.
Your left foot may need to adjust and gauge for range and angle
before you execute the right scraping heel kick.
Step 10
Rise upward and adjust your left
foot (gauging leg) toward 8:00
(clockwise) and drop into a left
close kneel stance to deliver a
right downward knee drop onto
his neck.
Step 11
Stand up and adjust your left foot
(gauging leg) and execute a
right scraping heel kick as you
execute a right front crossover
and double cover out.
381
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Club Thrust
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #7
Orthodox 24 System
Green #22
32 System
Blue #31
FORM LOCATION
None
382
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While in a left neutral bow stance, step toward 11:00 and
form a horse stance (facing 1:30) as you deliver a right
outward downward diagonal parry to the outside of the
club immediately followed by a left inward downward
handsword strike to the outside of the opponents right
forearm as you simultaneously cock your right
handsword near your right ear.
The right outward downward diagonal parry immediately flows into
the cocked position.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual and the 1987 IKKA Studio Manual omitted
the right outward downward parry.
383
EXTENSION
5. Drop onto your left knee and form a right close kneel
stance (on the ground) as you deliver a right outward
downward diagonal back knuckle strike to the back of
the opponents right knee. Utilize this strike (with your left
hand assisting) to force the opponent to fall backward
over your right knee.
6. While the opponent is still falling, continue the
counterclockwise orbit of your right arm to deliver a right
downward back knuckle strike to the opponents groin.
7. Immediately stand up and execute a left front snap kick
to the opponents right ribcage.
8. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) near his right hip and
execute a right thrusting heel stomp to his solar plexus.
Immediately pivot counterclockwise and slide your right
foot along his chest to form a right reverse bow stance
which ends in a right stomp to his throat or chin.
Your weight settles on your right foot as you strike.
9. Drag your right foot (gauging leg) into a left close kneel
stance and then beside your left foot (which is near his
right hip) to gauge for distance. Immediately deliver a
left outward downward looping crescent kick stomp to
the opponents groin.
You first form a close kneel stance to cover your low Line of Entry.
10. Execute a right step through stomp to his right ankle. Slip
your right foot off his ankle to the ground and
immediately execute a left front crossover and double
cover out toward 3:00.
Instead of the right step through stomp, some practitioners execute
a left front crossover stomp to the opponents right ankle and
continue the cover out footwork.
384
GLANCING WING
NAMEThe term wing is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an elbow. In this defense, you will
deliver an elbow strike in a glancing manner.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left uppercut punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Inside Downward Block
Vertical Punch
Chopping Uppercut Punch
Inward Downward Diagonal Punch
Forearm Elbow Strike
Extension
Outward Crescent Knee Kick
Downward Stomp
Thrusting Side Kick
Reverse Scoop Kick
Inward Downward Diagonal Looping Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Simultaneous Defense and Offense
Leveraging
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Raining Claw
Calming the Storm
Cross of Death
Prance of the Tiger
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #20
Orthodox 24 System
Green #23
32 System
Blue #29
FORM LOCATION
None
385
GLANCING WING
BASE TECHNIQUE
The opponent is delivering a left
uppercut to set up for a right
cross punch.
Some practioners
following variation:
utilize
the
Step 1
While standing in a right neutral
bow stance deliver a right inside
downward
block
while
simultaneoulsy delivering a
vertical punch to the opponents
face.
Step 2
Deliver a right outward horizontal
heel palm claw to the
opponents face as your left arm
hooks and clear his arm outward
(to your left) to enable your right
arm to deliver a right hammerfist
strike to his left kidney. This strike
will arch his back.
Step 3
Move your left foot Up the Circle
as your right hand delivers an
inward two-finger slice to his left
eye as his hooks his left arm down
(like a waiter carrying a tray).
Your left hand simultaneously
delivers a left outward diagonal
handsword strike to the back of
his neck and hooks to pull him
downward. Your right hand keeps
his right arm checked downward.
Step 4
Settle into your stance with a right
inward downward diagonal
elbow stirke to the left hinge of his
jaw.
3. Slide your left foot toward 4:30 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 10:30 as your left hand hooks the
back of the opponents neck and causes him to bend
forward. Your right hand checks his left arm against his
body.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.
386
GLANCING WING
EXTENSION
5. After your right thrusting diagonal forearm elbow punch,
pull your right elbow back (like a right outward upward
diagonal elbow strike) so that your right wrist is bent up to
allow your right back knuckle to hook the right side of the
opponents face.
This strike contours his head and is sometimes called a returning
back knuckle strike.
Use your left hand to create a sandwiching effect.
7.
Drag your left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and
execute a right outward crescent knee kick to the
opponents rib cage.
387
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Right step through
punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to right
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #9
Orthodox 24 System
Green #24
32 System
Blue #32
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 5
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Brushing the Storm
Kneel of Compulsion
Leap of Death
Blinding Sacrifice
388
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. While standing naturally facing 12:00, step toward 1:30
with your right foot and form a right inverted neutral bow
stance as you defend with a left inward parry followed
by a right outward parry to the outside of the opponents
right arm.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward
2:00.
When your right hand makes contact at his right elbow, your left
hand will be near his right wrist.
This double parry motion can be used to create a fulcrum on the
opponents right elbow by grabbing his right wrist with your left hand
and applying upward pressure with your right arm.
2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 as your right hand
grabs the opponents right shoulder. Pivot clockwise and
grab the back of his left shoulder with your left hand.
Your right arm acts as a rolling check in the process of grabbing.
Your right arm may insert a two-finger thrust to his right eye as
enroute to grabbing.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step toward
2:00 with the left foot.
3. Step back toward 1:30 with your right foot to form a left
neutral bow stance facing 7:30 as both of your arms pull
the opponents shoulders backward and toward you to
disturb his balance. Immediately deliver a right knee kick
to his lower spine (coccyx).
Pull the opponent toward you as you deliver the right knee kick. Rest
your elbows against your ribcage as you kick to create a Bracing
Angle.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual directed the practitioner to step
backward toward 2:00 with the right foot.
Some practitioners slide the right foot back and form a left forward
bow stance to properly align for the knee kick.
4. Plant your right foot back toward 1:30 and form a left
forward bow stance and pull the opponent onto your left
knee to cause an injury to his upper spine.
Some practitioners plant back into a neutral bow stance, but this
does not give the proper Bracing Angle when you drive him into your
left knee.
389
8. Step back with your left foot toward 1:30 and form a right
close kneel stance as you execute twin heel palm claws
to the opponents face.
Use this action to force his head to hit the ground and cause an
injury.
11. From your right reverse bow stance, execute a right front
crossover and double cover out toward 1:30
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Depature toward
2:00.
390
EXTENSION
11. After your right stomp, drag your right foot (gauging leg)
near and slightly to the right of your left foot and execute
a left reverse inward looping heel hook to the
opponents face. Plant your left foot back into a left
reverse heel stomp to his left collar bone.
The left leg is essentially deliver a hooking heel kick.
You are still facing 2:00 during these actions.
14. Leap upward again and pivot clockwise and land with
your right foot where your left foot was as you deliver a
left looping downward roundhouse kick to the
opponents right knee cap or inner thigh.
You will be facing 12:00 at this point.
391
3rd DEGREE
BROWN BELT
GLANCING SPEAR
NAMEThe term spear is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a spear hand or a four-finger thrust. In
this technique, you will apply a four-finger thrust in a
glancing manner.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Direct
Left Wrist Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
BASICS
Base
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Four-Finger Horizontal Finger Thrust
Extension
Front Crossover Sweep
Stiff Leg Sweep
Inward Downward Diagonal Roundhouse Kick
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Frictional Push
Bottom Takedown
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Clutching Feathers
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
Attacking Mace
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #8
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #1
32 System
Green #4
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
392
GLANCING SPEAR
BASE TECHNIQUE
The following moves are
sometimes pre-fixed before
stepping back into a left
transitional neutral bow stance in
Step 1:
Step A
Rotate your left arm inward as
you deliver a right upward back
knuckle strike to the back of the
opponents right hand.
Step B
As you counter grab with your
right hand, use your left forearm
to apply a finger lock against the
opponents right fingers.
Step C
Deliver a left upward flapping
elbow strike to hyperextend the
opponents right elbow and
control his Width Zone.
393
GLANCING SPEAR
EXTENSION
Although the 1975 IKKA Red
Manual and the 1987 IKKA
Studeio Manual did not include
the following strikes with the two
leg sweeps, many practitioners
have adopted them to enhance
the technique:
Step 6a
As you pivot clockwise out of your
left front twist stance, execute a
right stiff leg sweep to the back of
the opponents right leg
simultaneous with a right outward
horizontal back knuckle strike to
his right kidney.
Step 6b
As the opponent falls, deliver a
right inward downward diagonal
reverse handsword strike (ridge
hand) to the opponents neck to
enhance and guide his fall.
394
ATTACK
REAR
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Technique
Reverse Cat Stance
Thrusting Back Heel Kick
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Front Crossover
Snapping Knife-Edge Kick
Transitory Forward Bow Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Vertical Punch
Rear Crossover
Thrusting Back Heel Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Peripheral Awareness
Distance Matching
Opposing Forces
Surveying
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Intellectual Departure
Flight to Freedom
Destructive Kneel
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #2
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #2
32 System
Green #6
FORM LOCATION
None
395
TECHNIQUE
1. While standing naturally, quickly move off the Line of
Attack and create distance by stepping toward 1:30
with your right foot and sliding your left foot toward your
right foot to form a left reverse cat stance.
When you form your left reverse cat stance, look at the opponent
over your left shoulder and check over your left shoulder with your
right hand as your left hand checks low outside your left thigh.
Some practitioners do not step toward 1:30 and form a reverse cat
stance; instead, they kick from Point of Origin. Circumstances will
dictate your choice of actions.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.
396
7. Survey.
8. Noticing that your opponent may still pose a threat,
execute a left rear crossover and deliver a right thrusting
back heel kick (toward 7:30) to his back or any
available target.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd that this kick should be directed
toward 7:00.
397
CIRCLING FANS
NAMEThe term fan is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a block executed in a circular
manner. In this defense you will utilize a double fanning
block to deflect the opponents punches.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Parry
45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Uppercut Thrust Punch
Front Crossover
Vertical Punch
Sliding Horizontal Forearm Check
Knee Kick
Upward Lifting Forearm Strike
Rear Crossover
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Snaking Talon
Protecting Fans
Entwined Maces
ATTACK
FRONT
Left & Right Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #13
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #3
32 System
Green #1
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
398
CIRCLING FANS
TECHNIQUE
1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward
downward diagonal parry to the top and outside of the
opponents left arm.
This parry is also known as a smother.
399
CIRCLING FANS
7. Plant your right foot down and form a right neutral bow
stance toward 11:00 to buckle the inside of the
opponents right knee as you deliver a right upward
lifting forearm strike under the opponents chin.
Simultaneously your left arm executes a horizontal
forearm check at waist level.
As you plant your right leg, Diversify the Angle of your Attack by
contouring your right knee down the inside fo the opponents right
thigh to buckle his right knee outward. This actio nwill control his
Width by turning his body clockwise and control his height by
bringing his head down.
These actions will drive the opponent backward and cause him to
fall to the ground.
9. Survey.
10. As the opponent begins to renew his attack, execute a
left rear crossover and immediately deliver a right back
thrusting heel kick to any available opening.
11. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicatd an Angle of Departure toward
5:00.
400
ROTATING DESTRUCTION
NAMEThe term destruction is used in self-defense
techniques to symbolically represent actions stemming from
the left side. In this technique, you will evade a left spinning
back kick as well as counter with a left kick of your own.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Inside Downward Block (palm down)
Extended Outward Block
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Block
Roundhouse Kick
Spinning Hooking Heel Kick
Hopping Knife Edge Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Front Thrust & Left
Spinning Back Kick
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside/Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Shield and Sword
Conquering Shield
Circle of Doom
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #4
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #4
32 System
Green #8
FORM LOCATION
None
401
ROTATING DESTRUCTION
TECHNIQUE
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
indicated that this technique is a
defense against a right front snap
kick and a left spinning back kick
combination. A subsequent
revision changed this to a right
front thrust kick.
402
FALCONS OF FORCE
NAMEThe term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a grab with a pulling action. In this
technique, you are attacked by two men grabbing your
shoulders, one of each side, pulling forward or backward on
your shoulder in an attempt to force you to accompany
them against your own free will.
BASICS
Fighting Horse Stance
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Rear Crossover
Thrusting Ball Heel Kick
Spinning 360-Degree Stiff Leg Sweep
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Sword and Hammer
ATTACK
FLANK
Left & Right Shoulder
Grabs
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
3:00 & 9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #5
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #5
32 System
Green #2
FORM LOCATION
None
403
FALCONS OF FORCE
TECHNIQUE
1. Step toward Opponent #1 (located at 3:00) with your
right foot and form a right fighting horse stance facing
3:00. As you step, spin his left hand to your right shoulder
with your left hand and deliver a right outward horizontal
handsword strike to his throat.
This strike will cause Opponent #1 to stumble back and temporarily
delay him.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
right foot.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not indicate pinning Opponent #1s
hand but placing your left hand in guard position near your right
shoulder.
404
FALCONS OF FORCE
7. Survey.
8. With Opponent #1 off-balance but still within range,
execute a right spinning 360-degree stiff-legged sweep
to the back of his right leg ending in a left neutral bow
stance facing 6:00.
9. Survey.
10. Execute a left front crossover and double cover out
toward 10:30.
End your action midway between the opponents.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward
11:00.
405
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Punch
REAR
Bear Hug, Arms Free
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #6
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #6
32 System
Green #3
FORM LOCATION
None
406
TECHNIQUE
1. Deliver a right inward block to the inside of Opponent
#1s right arm simultaneously as you drop your weight
and deliver a right front thrusting ball kick to his groin.
This kick will force Opponent #1 to bend forward at the waist and
drive him away; thereby, temporarily delaying him from taking
further action.
By dropping your weight you employ a Gravitational Check on
Opponent #2.
Your left hqnd may be used to positionally check or pin Opponent
#2s hands.
3. Slide your left foot toward your right foot to form a left
close cat stance as your left and right arms cock to the
right side of your waist.
As you cock, your right hand will be palm up and your left palm will
face you.
407
408
RAINING LANCE
NAMEThe term lance is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, the
opponent is attacking you with an overhead, downward
action resembling rain falling from above.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Overhead Knife Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (knife)
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Parry
Fighting Horse Stance
Push-Drag Maneuver
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Palm Up Tigers Mouth Strike
Inward Crab Hand Hook and Pinch
45-Degree Cat Stance
Outward Upward Diagonal Inner Wrist Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Hooking Wrist
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circles of Protection
The Back Breaker
Capturing the Storm
Deceptive Panther
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #14
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #7
32 System
Green #5
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
409
RAINING LANCE
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward parry
to the outside of the opponents right arm (at the wrist).
You may begin this defense standing naturally or while in a left
neutral bow stance.
Your are stepping toward 10:30 to move you off the Line of Attack.
Make sure to move completely out of your Ghost Image.
Be sure that your parry first meets your opponents right arm before
guiding it.
410
RAINING LANCE
411
RAINING LANCE
412
DESPERATE FALCONS
NAMEThe term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a grab with a pulling action. In this
technique, both of your wrists are grabbed from the front.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Upward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Extension
45-Degree Transitional Cat Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Rear Crossover Maneuver
Rear Hammerfist Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Upward Snapping Forearm Strike
IMPORTANT CONCEPTS
Angle of Cancellation
Continuous Flow of Action
Angle of Disturbance
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thundering Hammers
Thrust into Darkness
Destructive Kneel
Attacking Mace
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand
Direct Wrist Grabs
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #15
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #8
32 System
Green #11
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
413
DESPERATE FALCONS
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. Step forward and form a left neutral bow stance facing
12:00 as both of your arms circle clockwise and loop over
both of the opponents arms.
Your hands are essentially performing a left inward block followed by
a right vertical outward block motion only in a much smaller circle.
Your arms should end in a downward 45-degree angle toward your
right hip in order to create an Angle of Cancellation.
A minor strike may be prefixed as you rotate his arms. Simply force
his left knuckles into the back of his right hand. This minor strike
creates a diversion for the greater effect your are attempting to
achieve.
Your right hand can be used to counter grab the opponents right
wrist from above. As you do so, you may deliver a left upward
flapping elbow strike to wrench his right elbow.
414
DESPERATE FALCONS
EXTENSION
3. Step forward with your right foot and form a right 45degree transitional cat stance as you deliver a right
vertical punch to the opponents right temple as your left
hand checks with a Pressing Check on the opponents
right arm.
The cat stance is mentioned only as a moment in time. There should
be no hesitation in this stance as it is the mid-way point of your
forward step through maneuver.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated a diagonal or vertical back
knuckle strike to the opponents right temple.
415
DESPERATE FALCONS
416
LEAP OF DEATH
NAMEThe term death is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an attack or defense which may
have fatal consequences. This defense utilizes a two-legged
leap as a primary counter-strike.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Technique
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Parry
Reverse Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Outward Horizontal Back Knuckle Strike
Diamond Stance
Horses Stance
Twin Heel Palm Thrusts
Concave Stance
Inward Handsword Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Drop
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Concrete Facial
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Repeating Mace
Destructive Kneel
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #9
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #9
32 System
Green #25
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
417
LEAP OF DEATH
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step back to 6:00 and form a
transitional left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you
execute a right outward parry. Ride the force of the
opponents punch by pivoting clockwise and forming a
left reverse bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously grab
the opponents right wrist with your right hand and
execute a left inward horizontal heel palm strike under
and to the outside of the opponents right elbow as you
settle into your stance.
The exposive flow of your action should guide the opponent
diagonally downward past your right hip and sprain or break his right
elbow.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual desribed executing a right extended
outward chop to the outside of the opponents right arm which
turns into a right hooking crane hand (grabbing or hooking the
opponents right wrist) as you simultaneosly execute the left heel
palm strike. This action takes place while you are in the left neutral
bow stance; then, you pivot clockwise and form a left reverse bow
stance.
This block is also called a vertical deflection block. It begins in the
same manner as an upward block but rotates and ends in a grab.
The left heel palm strike controls the opponents Dimensional Zones.
418
LEAP OF DEATH
4. Leap into the air with both feet cocked under you and
cock both of your hands to the side of your chest (palm
up in a begging fashion).
5. Land in a diamond stance on your opponent so that the
heels of both feet land on the opponents kidneys (right
heel to right kidney; left heel to left kidney).
This action will cause the opponents head to snap upward.
419
LEAP OF DEATH
10. With your right hand now cocked by your right ear (palm
outward) and your left hand pushing the opponents
head down, immediately deliver a right inward
handsword strike to the bridge of his nose.
This strike should break his nose.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual introduces pivoting counterclockwise
into a left close kneel stance as you deliver the right inward
handsword strike to the bridge of the opponents nose. Pivoting into
a left close kneel stance is not advisable at this point because you
will lose your control over the opponents Width Zone.
420
LEAP OF DEATH
421
PROTECTING FANS
NAMEThe term fan is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a block or strike contained within the
Circle of Motion. In this technique, you will utilize a defensive
motion that resembles a large fan.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Parry
Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Handsword Block
Horizontal Finger Thrust
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Front Scoop Kick
Two Finger Hook
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Gathering Clouds
Destructive Twins
Circling Windmills
Fatal Deviation
ATTACK
FRONT
Left & Right Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #10
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #10
32 System
Green #7
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
422
PROTECTING FANS
TECHNIQUE
This defense may also be used
for
a
right/left
punch
combination.
1. Step forward with your left foot toward 10:30 and form a
left neutral bow stance as you deliver a left inward
horizontal heel palm parry to the inside of the
opponents left punch.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 10:00 with
your left foot.
6. Plant your right foot toward 7:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 1:30. Execute a left front crossover
and double cover out toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward
5:00.
423
DECEPTIVE PANTHER
NAMEThis defense receives its name from the origin of its
principle movements. In the Hung Gar System of Kung Fu, a
form entitled Panther Set is introduced at the intermediate
level. The movements of this defense are found within this
ancient form.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
45-Degree Cat Stance
Downward Block
Inward Block
Snapping Knife Edge Kick
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Back Knuckle Strike
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Reverse Cat Stance
Back Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Low Right Front Kick &
High Right
Roundhouse Kick
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #10
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #11
32 System
Green #15
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Repeating Mace
Swinging Pendulum
Flashing Mace
Circling Fans
FORM LOCATION
None
424
DECEPTIVE PANTHER
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide
your left foot Up the Circle toward 4:30 and forward to
form a right 45-degree cat stance facing 10:30.
Simultaneously deliver a left downward block to the
inside of the opponents right low kick and position a
right inward block for his right high kick.
Your arms form a Universal Block position.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00 but did not indicate a right 45-degree cat stance.
425
ATTACK
FLANK
Left & Right Arm &
Shoulder Grabs
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
3:00 & 9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #12
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #12
32 System
Green #9
FORM LOCATION
None
426
TECHNIQUE
1. Have your right foot cross behind your left foot toward
7:30 to form a left front twist stance as you simultaneously
counter-grab Opponent #1 (attacking from 3:00) with
your right hand grabbing his left wrist and pull him offbalance. Simultaneously anchor your left elbow down
and into the right ribs of Opponent #2 (attacking from
9:00) to push him away.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping back toward 8:00
with your right foot and simultaneously attempting to deliver a right
rear stomp to Opponent #2s foot.
5. Have your left foot crossover and behind your right foot
to form a left rear twist stance as you deliver a right
outward back knuckle strike to Opponent #1s head.
Your left hand should positionally check for retaliation by
Opponent #2.
This back knuckle strike should stun Opponent #1.
427
428
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Straight Punch
REAR
Right Straight Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #13
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #13
32 System
Green #17
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circling Destruction
FORM LOCATION
None
429
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance, step toward 1:00 with
your right foot as you execute a right inward parry
followed by a left outward parry to the outside of
Opponent #1s (attacking from 12:00) left arm. Continue
the counterclockwise motion of your right arm and
deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to his left
lower ribcage as you settle into your stance.
As you complete the Major/Minor Parry Combination, your left hand
finishes palm up, like a waiter carrying a tray, hooking on tops of the
opponents left arm at his elbow.
The strike to his ribcage will cause him to bend forward at the waist.
430
5. Plant your right foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance. As you plant, push Opponent #1 with both
hands to force him toward 6:00 and into Opponent #2.
Opponent #1should fall to the ground and disturb the balance of
Opponent #2 as well as act as a Moving Blockade.
7. Plant your left foot forward and form a left neutral bow
stance facing 6:00 as you deliver a left outward back
knuckle strike to Opponent #2s right ribcage. Have your
right hand chambered at your right hip in preparation for
the next two strikes which stem out of the same action.
This strike should force the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
431
432
GLANCING LANCE
NAMEThe term lance is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you
will utilize a parry to redirect, or glance, the weapon off the
Line of Attack.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Handsword Block
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Two-Finger Hook
One-Legged Stance
Outward Downward Parry
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Knife Edge Kick
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Claw
Inward Middle Knuckle Fist Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Lone Kimono
Snapping Twig
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Knife Thrust
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (knife)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #20
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #14
32 System
Green #12
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
433
GLANCING LANCE
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 7:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward
handsword block to the outside of the opponents right
wrist and covert this into a grab. Simultaneously deliver a
left inward horizontal heel palm strike to the outside of
his right elbow as you settle into your stance.
As you slide Up the Circle toward 7:30, make sure that your entire
body and limbs move from Point of Origin to get you off the Line of
Attack. Accentuate your upper body torque to ensure getting out of
the Line of Attack.
Immediately after the strike to his right wrist, grab his right wrist with
your right hand to complete the capture of his right arm. This intent
of his action is to: divert, seize, control, and disarm the opponents
weapon.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described stepping toward 6:00 with your
right foot.
GLANCING LANCE
434
GLANCING LANCE
435
DOMINATING CIRCLES
NAMEThis technique receives its title from the circular
actions utilized throughout the sequence of moves
comprising the technique.
BASICS
ATTACK
FRONT
Offset Right Hand
Grab To Your Right
Shoulder
Base
Horse Stance
Outward Overhead Elbow Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
Extension
Front Twist Stance
Outward Horizontal Handsword Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Strike
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #1
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #15
32 System
Green #23
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
436
DOMINATING CIRCLES
BASE TECHNIQUE
A variation of the opening
sequence derived from Circling
the Horizon follows:
Step 1
With your left foot, step toward
11:00 and form a left neutral bow
stance as you defend with a left
inward parry.
Step 2
Step behind the opponents right
leg with your right leg (Cat
Around) as you deliver a right
outward overthead elbow strike
on top of the opponents right
arm. As part of the same action,
deliver a right outward overhead
heel palm strike to the bridge of
the opponents nose and claw
his face.
Step 3
Slide your right foot back and
form a left forward bow stance as
you deliver a right thrusting heel
palm strike.
437
DOMINATING CIRCLES
EXTENSION
VARIATION CONTINUED
Step 4
With your right foot, step toward
1:30 and form a right forward
bow stance as your left hand
tracks along your right arm and
delivers a left outward horizontal
h a n d s wo r d s t r i ke to t h e
opponents throat as your right
hand grabs and controls his wrist.
Step 5
The opponents right arm is
twisted behind his back and
head is turned.
Step 6
Execute a right reverse step
through toward 4:30 and form a
left neutral bow stance as you
wrench the opponents right arm.
Step 7
Finish with a right downward knee
kick to the back of his head.
3. Slide your right foot toward 10:30 and form a right front
twist stance. Simultaneously have your left hand track
along your right arm and deliver a left outward horizontal
handsword strike to his throat. Your right hand slides
down his right arm (Contouring) and ends with a grab to
his wrist.
The wrist grab controls the opponent and prepares you for actions
performed later.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 12:00 and
forming a right neutral bow stance as you deliver the left outward
handsword strike.
4. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance. Have your left hand form the shape
of the crane and begin bending him downward and
turning him counterclockwise with his face ending
alongside your left thigh. Simultaneously, you right arm
assists with this maneuver and applies a hammerlock
against his right arm.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with
your left foot.
5. Slide your right foot toward 10:30 and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 4:30 as you execute a reverse pushdrag maneuver toward 9:00. Utilize the backward
momentum of your shuffle to assist your right arm as you
pull upward on his arm to dislocated his shoulder.
Your left arm assists with the dislocation.
6. Drop your body and form a left close kneel stance and
use your right knee to strike the opponents head and
sandwich to the ground (downward knee strike).
Your left leg may have to adjust and gauge for the downward knee
strike.
438
DESTRUCTIVE FANS
NAMEThe term destruction or destructive is used in selfdefense techniques to symbolically represent an action from
the left side. The term fans refers to movements stemming
from the circle of motion, in this particular defense, a block
and a strike will stem from the same circle.
BASICS
Technique
Modified Fighting Horse Stance
Outward Parry
Inward Parry
Inward Horizontal Hammerfist Strike
Front Crossover Sweep
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Rear Stiff-Leg Sweep
Downward Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Thrust Punch
ATTACK
LEFT FLANK
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #15
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #16
32 System
Green #20
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
439
DESTRUCTIVE FANS
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 8:00 and form a left
modified fighting horse stance as you deliver a right
outward parry followed by a left inward parry to the
outside of the opponents right arm. As you settle into
your stance, continue the clockwise circle of your right
hand and deliver a right inward horizontal hammerfist
strike (palm up) to the opponents solar plexus. Your left
hand remains at his right elbow to act as a bracing
angle check.
Your right hand will parry near his wrist; your left hand will parry near
his elbow.
This action will cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
Some practitioners (and an early pre-1975 version) begin this
defense with a left inward minor parry.
Some practitioners utilize a right vertical outward block.
Depending upon circumstances, you may pivot counterclockwise
into a left forward bow stance as you deliver the right inward
horizontal hammerfist strike.
440
DESTRUCTIVE FANS
441
UNFURLING CRANE
NAMEThe term crane is used in self-defense techniques to
represent a one-legged stance, also known as a crane
stance in classical Chinese martial art systems. In this
defense, you will utilize a crane stance while employing arm
strike which are said to resemble wings unfurling.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Outward Block
Forward Push-Drag Foot Maneuver
Inward Block
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Inward Overhead Heel Palm Claw
Rolling Back Knuckle Strike
45-Degree Cat Stance
Upward Vertical Obscure Elbow Strike
Upward Vertical Heel Palm Claw
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Scoop Kick
Knife Edge Kick
Inward Handsword Strike
ATTACK
FRONT
Left & Right Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #16
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #17
32 System
Green #14
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
442
UNFURLING CRANE
TECHNIQUE
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
described this technique as a
defense against a front left and
right punch combination with the
opponents right leg forward.
1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right vertical
outward block to the inside of the opponents left punch.
Your left hand positionally checks low.
Some practitioners precede the right vertical outward block with a
left inward block utilizing the Double Factor.
4. Slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot to
form a right 45-degree cat stance facing 12:00 as you
deliver a right downward hammerfist strike to the
opponents groin again.
This strike should cause the opponent to bend forward at the waist.
The cat stance is optional as your left leg gauges for distance. In the
1975 IKKA Red Manual a cat stance was not indicated.
443
UNFURLING CRANE
444
GRASPING EAGLES
NAMEThe terms falcons, eagles and talons are used in selfdefense techniques to symbolically represent a grabbing
attack.
BASICS
Natural Position
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Inward Vertical Forearm Strike
Back Thrusting Hammerfist Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Back Underhand Heel Palm Strike
Front Thrusting Ball Kick
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Grab to Your Left
Lapel
REAR
Right Arm Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside/Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #18
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #18
32 System
Green #16
FORM LOCATION
None
445
GRASPING EAGLES
TECHNIQUE
1. From a natural position, deliver a right front snapping ball
kick to Opponent #1s (attacking from 12:00) groin
simultaneous with a left inward vertical forearm strike to
the outside of his right elbow. Simultaneously deliver a
right back thrusting hammerfist strike to Opponent #2s
(attacking from 6:00) groin.
Both opponents will bend forward at the waist as well as snap their
heads back.
2. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance as you deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to
Opponent #1s chin. Simultaneously deliver a left back
underhand heel palm strike to Opponent #2s chin.
If feasible, use your right knee to buckle the inside of Opponent #1s
right knee.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting forward toward 11:00
to buckle the inside of Opponent #1s right knee, if feasible.
4. Plant your left foot (gauging leg) back and deliver a right
back thrusting heel kick to Opponent #2s stomach.
This kick will stun the opponent as well as drive him away.
446
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Straight Punch
REAR
Attempt
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #19
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #19
32 System
Green #22
FORM LOCATION
None
447
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a left neutral bow stance, step slightly forward
with your left foot as you duck under the punch of
Opponent #1 (attacking from 12:00) as you drop into a
left wide kneel stance. Simultaneously execute a left
upward claw to his face simultaneously with a right
underhand reverse handsword strike to his groin.
These strikes should stun your opponent.
448
449
THRUSTING LANCE
NAMEThe term lance is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you
will defend against a thrusting knife attack.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Handsword Strike
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Underhand Heel Palm Strike and Grab
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Underhand Stiff Arm Lifting Back Knuckle Strike
Downward Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Rake
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Vertical Thrusting Elbow Strike
Rear Crossover Maneuver
Reverse Bow Buckle
Downward Hammerfist Strike
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Knife Thrust
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (knife)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #6
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #20
32 System
Green #18
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
450
THRUSTING LANCE
TECHNIQUE
1. From a right neutral bow stance, slide your left foot
toward 4:30 and deliver a right inward downward
handsword strike to the inside of the opponents right
arm. Immediately grab the opponents right wrist with
your right hand. Your left arm hangs naturally by your left
side.
Your left foot moves Up the Circle to get you off the Line of Attack.
As you Shorten the Circle your right hand strikes the opponents right
radial nerve to cause the opponent to drop the knife.
Your right hand grabs the opponents right wrist to minimize the
Angle of Versatility of his knife. The grab acts as a back-up and
prepares for subsequent Counter Manipulation.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
4:00.
3. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you lock and twist his
arm clockwise.
As you step back, Control Manipulate his right arm in a manner
similar to SPIRALING TWIG. Be sure to use small circles and to keep
the knife blade (if the opponent is still in possession of the knife)
pointing away from you and toward the opponent.
The opponent should bend forward at the waist, and the inward
wrist lock should break his right wrist.
451
THRUSTING LANCE
5. Plant your right foot forward and form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right underhand stiffarm lifting back knuckle strike underneath the
opponents chin. Your right hand passes through and
above the opponents head. Your left hand checks the
opponents right shoulder.
This strike should snap the opponents head upward.
452
THRUSTING LANCE
453
BLINDING SACRIFICE
NAMEThe term sacrifice is used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent a defensive action that can result
in some type of injury to yourself. In this technique, you are
forced to defend yourself while moving toward your
opponents attack without the aid of a pin.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Twin Wedge Block
Twin Rolling Upward Outward Claws
Twin Outward Handsword Strikes
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Twin Front Underhand Heel Palm Strikes & Claws
Reverse Push-Drag Maneuver
Twin Inward Hooking Back Knuckle Strikes
45-Degree Cat Stance
Twin Vertical Outward Blocks
Outward Horizontal Two-Finger Eye Slices
Twin Thumb Thrusts
Twin Inverted Back Knuckle Strikes
Upward Knee Kick
Downward Heel Stomp
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Mirrored Motion
Grappling
Reactionary Planning
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Lapel Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Above Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
3rd Brown #6
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #21
32 System
Green #28
FORM LOCATION
Long Form 3
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Claws
Thrusting Wedge
Heavenly Ascent
454
BLINDING SACRIFICE
TECHNIQUE
The method described herein is
ofte n ter m ed the Form
V e r s i o n ;h o we v e r , a n o t h e r
version exists and is described as
follows:
Steps 1-4
[SAME]
Step 5
Execute a forward push-drag
maneuver and end in a right
forward bow stance as you
deliver twin outward horizontal
two-finger eye slices followed by
twin thumb thrusts to his eyes.
Step 6
Have both hands strike
downward to his shoulders and
slide vertically downward along
the opponents arms to act as
sliding checks.
Step 7
Immediately circle both arms
inward and upward and deliver
twin inverted back knuckle strikes
to the opponents temples.
Step 8
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a right neutral bow stance as you
deliver a right vertical forearm
strike to the left side of his head.
Use your left hand as a backstop
on the right side of his head to
create a sandwiching effect.
Step 9
Grab the back of the opponents
head with both hands and pull
him downward in to a right
upward knee kick to his face. Use
your left leg as a gauging leg.
Step 10
After your right knee kick, from
point of contact, deliver a right
downward heel stomp to the
opponents right instep. Both
hands are used to keep the
opponent bent and control his
height zone.
1. Step toward 12:00 with your right foot and form a right
neutral bow stance as you thrust both of your arms
forward and deliver twin wedge blocks. Continue the
motion of your arms and convert them into twin rolling
upward outward claws to your opponents eyes
2. Continue the flow of your hands and convert them into
twin outward handsword strikes to the inside of the
opponents forearms to clear them.
3. Immediately execute a forward push-drag maneuver
and deliver twin front underhand heel palm strikes and
claws to the opponents groin.
Be sure to keep your body close to the opponent.
455
BLINDING SACRIFICE
Step 11
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
7:30.
10. After your right knee kick, from point of contact, deliver a
right downward heel stomp to the opponents right
instep. Both hands are used to keep the opponent bent
and control his height zone.
11. Execute a right front crossover and double cover out
toward 7:30.
456
SNAKES OF WISDOM
NAMEThe term snake is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent actions that encircle or entwine. In
this technique, you will encircle your opponents arms and
force their heads (the seat of wisdom) together.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Knee Strike
Twin Push-Down Blocks
Wide Kneel Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Roundhouse Kick
ATTACK
FLANK
Left & Right Shoulder
Grabs
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Above
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
3:00 & 9:00
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Obscure Claws
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #10
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #22
32 System
Green #31
FORM LOCATION
None
457
SNAKES OF WISDOM
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 to form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you circle your right
arm clockwise to claw the face of the opponent on your
right (Opponent #1) and circle your left arm
counterclockwise to claw the face of the opponent on
your left (Opponent #2).
These actions will drive the opponents heads backward.
458
SNAKES OF WISDOM
459
ENTWINED LANCE
NAMEThe term lance is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you
will utilize snaking (entwining) actions to disarm your
opponent.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Knife Thrust
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (knife)
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Fighting Horse Stance
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Two-Finger Poke
Knife Edge Kick
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Flapping Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #13
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #23
32 System
Green #29
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
460
ENTWINED LANCE
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a left neutral bow stance shift your left foot
toward 3:00 as you pivot counterclockwise to form a left
front rotating twist stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously
hook the inside of the opponents right wrist with your left
hand (like a waiter carrying a tray). Your right hand
cocks at your right hip.
Your left foot moves off the Line of Attack as it moves Up the Circle.
Your right hand cocks at your right hip as a Point of Reference for
your next strike.
461
ENTWINED LANCE
462
FALLING FALCON
NAMEThe term falcon is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a grabbing attack. In this technique,
you will utilize methods to force your opponent to fall to the
ground.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward Vertical Forearm Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Underhand Heel Palm Strike
Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick
Forward Bow Stance
Thrusting Shin Kick
Back Scooping Heel Kick
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Rotational Force
Solidify Your Base
Third Hand
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Thrusting Salute
Delayed Sword
Triggered Salute
Leap of Death
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Hand Lapel Grab
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Grabs and Tackles
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #14
Orthodox 24 System
3rd Brown #24
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 5
463
FALLING FALCON
BASE TECHNIQUE
1. With your left hand, pin the opponents right hand to
your chest and step with your right foot toward 11:00 to
the outside of your opponents right leg and form a right
neutral bow stance. Simultaneously deliver a right
upward vertical forearm strike to the opponents right
shoulder.
The combination of the left pin, the right push, and the
counterclockwise pivot will force the opponent to the ground.
Your right leg acts as a stiff-leg trip.
Your right elbow drives the opponents right shoulder upward and
backward.
Some practitioners deliver a right thrusting heel palm strike to the
opponents chin and then drop the elbow downward on the
opponents right shoulder.
464
FALLING FALCON
5. Plant your left foot toward 5:00 as your left hand circles
on the inside of the opponents right arm and re-grabs.
Immediately pivot counterclockwise and form a left
forward bow stance. Use this action to twist the
opponents arm counterclockwise to apply a fulcrum on
his right elbow and shoulder.
6. While still maintaining the grab, deliver a right thrusting
shin kick to the opponents right elbow.
7. From Point of Contact, immediately deliver a right back
scooping heel kick to the opponents right rib cage or
right kidney.
8. With your right foot cocked in the air, deliver a right
downward looping roundhouse kick to the opponents
solar plexus.
9. From Point of Contact, execute a right front crossover
sweep kick to the opponents right arm and double
cover out toward 4:30.
You may sweep his arm as you coverout if circumstances dictate.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward
5:00.
465
2nd DEGREE
BROWN BELT
FATAL CROSS
NAMEIn this defense, you will utilize a cross hand choke
that may result in the fatal end of your opponent.
BASICS
Base
Neutral Bow Stance
Twin Snapping Uppercut Middle Knuckle Fist Punches
Twin Snapping Outward Back Knuckle Strikes
Twin Outward Two-Finger Scissor Pokes
Knee Kick (step through)
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Frictional Pull
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push Low
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #1
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #1
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Short Form 3
466
FATAL CROSS
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as both hands hook (in
the shape of cranes) to the inside of your opponents
wrists, jerking his arm down, outside and past your hips.
This action will allow the opponents momentum to continue toward
you, while redirecting his weapons outside your Outer Rim.
It is generally accepted that a forward head butt may be delivered
as you step forward. This is a hidden move found in Short Form 3.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual indicated stepping backward with your
left foot. Performed in this manner a you will be unable to delier the
head butt strike and breaks a category of motion.
467
FATAL CROSS
7. Plant your right foot forward and have your left hand turn
the opponent clockwise as you deliver a right inward
horizontal elbow strike to assist in turning the opponent.
Many pracitioners plant back with the right foot to eliminate an
and and to faciliate turning the opponent.
468
TWIRLING HAMMERS
NAMEThe term hammer is used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent blocks or strikes involving a
hammerfist. In this defense, you will utilize hammerfists in
looping or twirling motions.
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Technique
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Extended Outward Block
Inward Overhead Looping Back Knuckle Strike
Pressing Check
Forward Bow Stance
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Upward Hooking Wrist Check
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Thrusting Sweep Kick
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Heel Palm Strike
Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw
Two-Finger Poke
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #15
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #2
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
469
TWIRLING HAMMERS
TECHNIQUE
Two variations of this techniques
extension
are described as
follows:
VARIATION 1Pre-1975
Steps 1-4
SAME
Step 5
After your right hammerfist strike,
the opponent reacts by reaching
across the front of his stomach
with his right hand. Grab his right
wrist with your right hand (from
the front) and step back toward
4:30 to form a left neutral bow
stance facing 10:30. As you step,
jerk the opponents right arm to
cause
him
to
pivot
counterclockwise and face you
with his right side forward.
Step 6
Deliver a left thrusting sweep kick
to the back of his right leg. Plant
forward and form a left front twist
stance as you deliver a left heel
palm strike to the back of his
head simultaneously with a right
punch to his face (this creates a
sandwiching effect).
Step 7
Step back with your right foot
and form a left neutral bow
stance as you deliver a left claw
to the opponents face.
Step 8
Step back with your left foot and
form a right neutral bow stance
as your right hand tracks along
your left arm and ends with a
right two-finger thrust to the
opponents eye.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.
The reaction to the kidney strike should cause the opponents upper
torso to turn clockwise, thus exposing more of his back toward you.
Your opponent will still be standing, but dazed.
Traditioanly this is where the Base Technique ended and the
Extension began.
470
TWIRLING HAMMERS
VARIATION 1Ca-1975
Steps 1-4
SAME
Step 5
The opponent reacts by arching
his back thus exposing his right
arm. Your right hand reaches
behind his back and contours
down his arm to grab his right
wrist (palm out). Twist and pull his
right arm backward and you
deliver a left palm strike to his
right shoulder to cause a
dislocation as you step back with
the right foot to form a left neutral
bow stance.
Step 6
The opponent does not turn or
spin but remains in position.
Immediately deliver a right
thrusting sweep kick to the back
of his right leg. Plant your right
foot forward to form a right front
twist stance as you deliver a left
heel palm strike to his face
simultaneously with a right punch
to the back of his head (this
creates a sandwiching effect).
Step 7
Step back with your right foot
and form a left neutral bow
stance as you claw the
opponents face with your left
hand (palm out; thumb down) to
turn the opponent toward you.
Your right hand checks his
shoulder and assists in turning the
opponent.
Step 8
Step back with your left foot and
form a right neutral bow stance
as your right hand contours and
tracks below your left arm to end
with a right two-finger thrust to his
eye.
9. Slide your left foot back toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 and deliver a right twofinger poke to the opponents eye as you settle into your
stance. Your left hand positionally checks near your solar
plexus.
Poke to the eye which is available under the circumstances.
The poke will cause intense pain and will compel the opponent to
drop to the ground.
Step 9
Execute a right front crossover
and double cover out toward
6:00.
471
DEFENSIVE CROSS
NAMEThe term cross is used in self-defense techniques to
represent a crossed-arm position. In this defense, you will
utilize a downward cross hand block to defend yourself
against a kick.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Technique
Forward Bow Stance
Downward Cross Hand Block
Outward Downward Diagonal Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Upward Lifting Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike
45-Degree Cat Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Outward Crescent Kick
Roundhouse Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Open Ended Triangle
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Circle of Doom
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #16
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #3
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
472
DEFENSIVE CROSS
TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners begin this
defense by stepping back with
the left foot and immediately
stepping back with the right foot.
This additional backward step
allows you to further increase the
distance and utilize your hand in
a parrying motion.
2. Have your left hand covert into the shape of the crane
(fingers and palm out) to hook the inside and under the
opponents right leg (your right hand remains on top of
the opponents right leg to act as a check). Without
hesitation, guide the opponents right leg diagonally
downward past your left hip.
The intial defensive motions should accomplish the following: (1)
intercept the force, (2) redirect the force, (3) disturb the opponents
balance, and (3) pull his leg past your hip.
Pulling his leg past your left hip will create an Angle of Disturbance
and an Angle of Cancellation.
473
DEFENSIVE CROSS
474
DEFENSIVE CROSS
475
DANCE OF DARKNESS
NAMEThe term darkness is used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent actions stemming from the
Obscure Zone or movements that cause temporary or
permanent blindness. In this defense, you will utilize dancelike foot maneuvers that will position you into the opponents
Obscure Zone (darkness).
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Twist Stance
Outward Downward Parry
Inward Parry
Outward Parry
Transitory Neutral Bow Stance
Close Kneel Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Vertical Punch
Vertical Back Knuckle Strike
Front Crossover Sweep
Inward Two-Finger Hook
Outward Two-Finger Thrust
Outward Leg Sweep
Forward Bow Stance
Retarded Ball Kick
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Front Thrust &
Right Straight Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #4
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #4
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
476
DANCE OF DARKNESS
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide
your right foot back to form a left front twist stance facing
12:00 as you deliver a right outward downward parry to
the outside of the opponents right leg. Your left hand
positionally checks at your solar plexus.
Your right outward downward parry will follow a path from 11:00 to
5:00.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back
toward 5:00.
3. Step forward with your left foot toward 10:30 and form a
transitory left neutral bow stance as both hands cock at
your left hip in cup and saucer position. Immediately
pivot clockwise to form a right close kneel stance facing
4:30 as you deliver a right outward back knuckle strike to
the opponents right kidney with a left vertical punch to
his right ribs.
As your left foot step forward (as well as behind the opponent), you
may insert a right inward claw across the opponents face or a right
two-finger hook to his eyes.
Your strikes may also be delivered to the opponents left kidney and
spine depending upon his position and angle. As you deliver these
simultaneous strikes, your right hand will be below your left hand to
action as a check if necessary.
These strikes should stun the opponent and cause him to bend
backwards..
477
DANCE OF DARKNESS
to
enhance
the
Your right leg will first strike his leg while bent and then straigten to
accentuate the force. This is an illustration of the bow and arrow
stance.
Some practitioners deliver a right outward back knuckle strike as
you pivot clockwise. Some deliver a right thrusitng heel palm strike as
they settle into the left forward bow stance to assist in forcing the
opponent to the ground.
This will cause the opponent to fall to the ground with his head
toward 10:30.
Historically this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension
begins.
478
DANCE OF DARKNESS
479
ATTACK
FLANK
Left & Right Shoulder
Grabs
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
3:00 & 9:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #3
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #5
32 System
Green #21
FORM LOCATION
None
480
TECHNIQUE
In this defense, the opponents
are grabbing your shoulders and
are standing close to you.
1. With your right foot, step back and form a left neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you execute twin underhand
back knuckle strikes to the groins of each opponent.
Follow through with the back knuckle strikes after they
make contact.
Your right hand will strike Opponent #1 who is standing at 3:00 and
your left hand will strike Opponent #2 who is standing at 9:00.
The opponents will bend forward at the waist.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated having both hands open as
you strike.
481
482
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Punch
REAR
Left Grab to Your Right
Shoulder
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside and Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
Right to Either
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #4
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #6
32 System
Green #10
FORM LOCATION
None
483
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 6:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
inward block to the outside of Opponent #1s right arm.
Simultaneously, buckle the inside of Opponent #2s left
leg with your right leg as you deliver a right over-theshoulder back knuckle strike to the bridge of his nose.
This initial move is executed in a similar manner as in FLASHING MACE
except that it is now being employed to take advantage fo the
Gaseous State of Motion.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the strike to Opponent #2 as
right reverse raking knuckle strike.
484
485
486
ATTACK
RIGHT FLANK
Right Overhead Club
Attack
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
BASICS
Technique
Inverted Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Parry
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Vertical Elbow Strike
Underhand Heel Palm Strike
Forward Bow Stance
Front Crossover
Low Front Twist Stance
Inward Heel Palm Strike
Underhand (palm up) Crane Hand Strike
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Upward Snapping Heel Hook Kick
Back (palm up) Crane Hand Strike
Upward Lifting Heel Hook Kick
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Brushing the Storm
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #5
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #7
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
487
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 1:30 and form a inverted
right neutral bow stance facing 3:00 as you deliver a left
inward parry to the outside of the opponents right arm
while simultaneously delivering a right thrusting heel palm
strike to his jaw.
Deliver your right heel palm strike from Point of Origin under and
inside of the opponents right arm.
This strike should control the opponents Depth Zone by stopping his
forward body momentum and control his Height Zone by snapping
his head backward and upward.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00 with your
right foot.
2. With your left foot, step toward 1:30 and form a left close
kneel stance as you deliver a right vertical elbow strike
to the opponents solar plexus. Your left hand checks the
opponents right arm.
Utilize a collapsing elbow as you deliver this strike downward. This
strike should take the wind out of the opponent.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 2:00.
488
489
490
CIRCLING WINDMILLS
NAMEThe term windmills is used in self-defense techniques
to symbolically represent blocks and strikes stemming from
fanning motions. In this defense you will utilize block and
strikes interchangeably in fanning motions.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Upward/Extended Outward Block
Heel Palm Strike
Inward Hammerfist Strike
Upward Parry
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Outward Horizontal Finger Slice
Inward Horizontal Finger Slice
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Inward Raking Back Knuckle Strike
Front Crossover Sweep Kick
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Inward Five-Finger Circular Claw
Reverse Bow Stance
Vertical Heel Hook Kick
Front Crossover
Underhand Stiff-Arm Back Knuckle Strike
Spinning Back Heel Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Front Two Hand Push
followed by a Right
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #8
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #8
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
None
491
CIRCLING WINDMILLS
TECHNIQUE
1. While standing naturally and as the opponent pushes
you from the front, raise your hands to chest level as if to
say, Hey, take it easy, I dont want any trouble. As the
opponent steps forward with his right foot and delivers a
right punch, step toward 11:00 with your left foot to form
a left neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a
combination right upward/right extended outward block
to the outside of the opponents right arm.
Simultaneously deliver a left heel palm strike (fingers
pointing inward) to the opponents solar plexus.
Make sure that the right upward/right extended outward block is
executed slightly upward, on the outside, as well as under the
opponents right arm.
When striking with your left heel palm, execute this maneuver as if
you would be dually employing a left forearm wedge under the
opponents right arm.
This should stun the opponent as well as further control his Depth and
forward Body Momentum.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described this block as a right
exetended outward overhead block.
492
CIRCLING WINDMILLS
4. Step forward with your right foot and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the inside of the
opponents right knee with your right knee. During this
action have your left hand reverse its circle (clockwise)
and check the opponents right arm diagonally
downward to his body while simultaneously delivering a
right inward downward diagonal hammerfist strike across
the bridge of the opponents nose.
5. Execute a right outward horizontal finger slice (palm
down) to the opponents eyes. Immediately follow with a
right inward horizontal finger slice (palm up) across his
eyes and then with another right outward horizontal
finger slice (palm down) across his eyes.
When slicing with your right hand, continue to have your left hand
press and check the opponents right arm against his body.
9. With your left foot, step toward 7:30 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00. Simultaneously grab the
opponents right wrist with your left hand as you deliver a
right thrusting heel palm strike to his chin.
The fingers of your right hand are pointing toward 3:00.
This action should drive the opponents head back.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicate stepping toward 7:00.
493
CIRCLING WINDMILLS
494
DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL
NAMEThe term destruction is use in self-defense
techniques to represent an action stemming from the left
side of the opponent or yourself. In this defense, you will
utilize your left knee from a kneeling stance to buckle the
opponent.
BASICS
Technique
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Parry
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Heel Palm Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Heel Palm Strike
Vertical Punch
Knee Kick
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #1
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #9
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
495
DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL
TECHNIQUE
This technique is also taught as a
defense against a step through
right overhead punch.
496
DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL
4. With your left hand, hook around to the right and in front
of his neck in the shape of the crane. Without hesitation,
anchor your left elbow (using his right shoulder and back
as a fulcrum) to force him back and toward you.
Simultaneously deliver a left knee kick to his spine. Your
right hand checks his right shoulder or arm.
Utilize Borrowed Force as you deliver the knee kick.
Make sure that you create an Angle of Incidence to increase the
effect of the knee strike.
This action should disorient the opponent.
497
DESTRUCTIVE KNEEL
498
BOWING TO BUDDHA
NAMEThis technique receives its title from the kneeling
posture that is assumed when one pays homage to a deity.
BASICS
Technique
Inward Block
Extended Outward Block
Inward Forearm Parry
Forward Step-Drag Maneuver
Upward Elbow Strike
Upward Heel Palm Strike
Downward Back Knuckle Strike
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Elbow Strike
Transitory Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Bow Stance
Inside Downward Parry
Reverse Back-To-Front Switch
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Roundhouse Kick
(while kneeling on the
ground)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
2nd Brown #19
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #10
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
499
BOWING TO BUDDHA
TECHNIQUE
Some practitioners begin this
defense on the left knee.
3. With your left hand still clenching his testicles, pull your
left hand toward you as you deliver a right downward
back knuckle strike to sandwich his testicles.
Your right fist will torque clockwise.
This strike should nauseate your opponent.
Some practioners utilize a right hammerfist strike to the groin.
Traditionally, this is where the Base Technique ends and the Extension
begins.
500
BOWING TO BUDDHA
4. Slide your left foot forward beside your right foot as your
left hand checks the opponents midsection while your
right hand is contouring down the outside of the
opponents left leg ending at his left ankle. Slide your
right foot back to form a left neutral bow stance facing
12:00 as your left hand converts into a left inward elbow
strike to his solar plexus as you simultaneously jerk and
pull his left leg with your right hand.
During the switch, your left foot (back foot) moves to the front and
then your right foot (front foot) moves to the rear.
This series of movements is similar to the movements of the left side of
DANCE OF DEATH.
As you deliver the left inward elbow strike, your right hand counter
manipulates the opponents left leg to cause a strikedown.
This action will stun the opponent and force him onto his back with
his head positioned toward 12:00.
Some practitioners track vertically up the opponents body to
deliver a left thrusting heel palm strike to his chin. From this position,
push with your left hand and pull with your right hand to force the
opponent to the ground.
501
BOWING TO BUDDHA
6. Slide your left foot (gauging leg) toward your right foot
and immediately drive your right leg back toward 10:30
to form a right reverse bow stance. As your right leg
straightens against the underside of the opponents left
leg, use both of your hands to push his left foot
downward to force, lock, overextend, and fracture his
left knee.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual stated that the left foot should move
toward 10:00 in a modified left front crossover. This action requires
bending your right knee resembling a twist stance combination with
a transitional close kneel stance. This should aid you in checking the
activity of his right leg. The left front crossover also acts as a gauge
to determine the proper distance for sliding your right foot back
toward 10:30 and forming a right reverse bow stance.
If the opponents right leg is an obstruction, execute a right front
crossover toward 9:00 over the opponents right leg. Then, step over
the opponents leg with a left rear crossover (gauging leg) toward
10:30. Once you are in this position, slide your right leg back toward
10:30 to form a right reverse bow stance.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot back
toward 11:00 to form your right reverse bow stance.
502
REVERSING CIRCLES
NAMEThis techniques receives its name from the manner
in which your circular defensive motions are reversed.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Universal Block
Forward Bow Stance
Upward Block
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Rear Twist Stance
Downward Forearm Strike
Knife Edge Kick
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Transitional Neutral Bow Stance
Downward Looping Roundhouse Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Left Roundhouse Kick
& Left Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside/Below
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #11
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #11
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
503
REVERSING CIRCLES
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, execute
a left over right universal block to the inside of the
opponents left leg.
This block is a combination of a right downward block and a left
inward block.
Depth
and
Body
4. Slide your right foot toward 7:30 to form a left rear twist
stance as you jerk the opponents arm diagonally
downward past your left hip. Simultaneously deliver a
right downward forearm strike as you settle into your
stance.
Take advantage of your body momentum when executing the right
front crossover and as you jerk his arm with your left hand to fully
disturb the opponents balance.
The counter action of your hands should break the opponents left
elbow. This is similar to the arm bar used in CROSSING TALON.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your right foot toward
8:00.
504
REVERSING CIRCLES
505
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Punch
REAR
Bear Hug, Arms Pinned
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(Two-Men)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
Left to Either
ATTACK DIRECTIONS
12:00 & 6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #11
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #12
32 System
Green #27
FORM LOCATION
None
506
TECHNIQUE
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual
described the opponent appying
a bear hug with the arms free.
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 and form a wide
horse stance facing 12:00 as your left hand pins the
hands of Opponent #2 (who is holding you in a bear hug
from behind). Immediately deliver a right front thrusting
ball kick to Opponent #1s groin as you simultaneously
deliver a right back hammerfist strike to Opponent #2s
groin.
By stepping toward 9:00, you move your body off the Line of Attack.
The kick should bend Opponent #1 at the waist and drive him
backward.
507
508
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Club Thrust
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (stick)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #12
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #13
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Flashing Wings
Flashing Mace
509
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 10:30 and form a left
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a left
inward block to the outside of the opponents right arm.
Your right arm cocks (palm up in a fist) at your right hip.
This action moves you off the Line of Attack and deflects the thrust.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping toward 11:00 with
your left foot.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual did not describe the use of a right
outward chooping parry.
The 1987 IKKA Studio Manual added a right outward chopping parry
to the outside of the club prior to delivering the left inward block to
the outside of the opponetns right arm.
3. With your left foot, hop back toward 12:00 and form a
left one-legged stance as you simultaneously execute a
right inward heel palm claw to the opponents face.
Your left hand will check low.
The claw will force the opponents head upward and backward.
Some practitioners use a right two-finger hook to the opponents
right eye.
This maneuver is also known as a hop switch.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping back toward 11:00.
510
511
512
ATTACK
RIGHT REAR FLANK
Left Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Technique
Transitory One-Legged Stance
Snapping Knife-Edge Kick
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Spinning Stiff-Leg Sweep
Transitory Left Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Close Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Hammerfist Strike
Spinning Back Heel Stomp
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
4:30
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #17
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #14
32 System
2nd Brown #19
FORM LOCATION
None
513
TECHNIQUE
In this technique, the opponent
is attacking from your Obscure
Zone. You will unfold the back
half of the Universal Pattern.
2. Plant your right foot (gauging leg) toward 4:30. Drag your
left foot (gauging leg) to your right foot and execute a
right back thrusting heel kick to the opponents left rib
cage. Your hands positionally check to your right.
Notice that both feet act as gauges for distance and angle.
This action should drive the opponent back.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated planting toward 5:00 with your
right foot.
3. Plant your right foot toward 4:30 and form a right reverse
neutral bow stance. Immediately slide your left foot
counterclockwise 180-degrees to execute a left spinning
stiff-leg sweep to the outside of the opponents left leg.
Conclude the sweep by forming a transitional left
reverse bow stance.
Plant your right foot flat footed.
This action should force the opponent to lean backwards as well as
have his head directed between 7:30 and 10:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described planting your right foot toward
5:00 in a right inverted neutral bow stance.
514
515
UNWINDING PENDULUM
NAMEThe term pendulum is used in self-defense
techniques to symbolically represent a downward block. In
this defense, you will utilize your downward block
(pendulum) from a twist stance and unwind to deliver a
second block.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Front Twist Stance
Downward Block
Inward Block
Front Crossover Sweeping Kick
Underhand Claw
Back Scoop Kick
Reverse Bow Stance
Outward Heel Palm Strike
Outward Elbow Strike
Inward Heel Palm Strike
Front Crossover
Transitional Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Whipping Inverted Middle Knuckle Fist Strike
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Front Kick & Right
Punch Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Brown #17
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #15
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
516
UNWINDING PENDULUM
TECHNIQUE
1. While in a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00, slide
your right foot back to form a left front twist stance facing
12:00 as you execute a right downward block to the
outside of the opponents right leg. Simultaneously cock
your left hand slightly beside your left ear.
This action controls the opponents Width and will turn him slightly to
his left.
Your left hand is in a position similar to THUNDERING HAMMERS.
517
UNWINDING PENDULUM
9. With your right foot, step toward 7:30 and complete your
double cover out in the same direction.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated an Angle of Departure toward
6:00.
518
PIERCING LANCE
NAMEThe term lance is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent an knife attack. In this technique, you
will utilize a counter strike with the opponents weapon in a
piercing manner.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Downward Hooking Parry
Heel Palm Parry
Back Elbow Strike
Wide Kneel Stance
Back-To-Front Switch
Front Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Knife Thrust (while your
arms are up)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (knife)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #16
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #16
32 System
Green #24
FORM LOCATION
None
519
PIERCING LANCE
TECHNIQUE
1. From a left neutral bow stance and both hands raise
slightly above your shoulders, slide your right foot toward
7:30 as you execute a right outward downward hooking
parry to the outside of the opponents right wrist.
Simultaneously execute a left heel palm parry to the
outside of his right elbow. After your left hand makes
contact, slide to the top of his right wrist and set a grab.
Re-direct the opponents knife thrust toward 5:00.
520
PIERCING LANCE
7. Grab the knife with your right hand and pull it out of the
opponents throat.
Cut across the opponents throat as you pull the knife out.
521
ATTACK
LEFT REAR FLANK
Right Step Through
Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
BASICS
Technique
Transitory One-Legged Stance
Thrusting Knife-Edge Kick
Spinning Stiff-Leg Sweep
Transitional Right Reverse Bow Stance
Neutral Bow Stance
Vertical Punch
Outward Claw
Inward Downward Diagonal Hammerfist Strike
Heel Palm Strike
Rear Crossover
Hooking Heel Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
7:30
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #19
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #17
32 System
2nd Brown #13
FORM LOCATION
None
522
TECHNIQUE
Some instructors teach this as an
attack from 6:00.
4. With your left knee checking his back, reverse the motion
of your left hand and execute a left outward claw across
the opponents face. During the same flow of motion,
deliver a right inward downward diagonal hammerfist
strike to the left side of his jaw.
Your right hammerfist should conclude with your right forearm
dropping on, as well as to the back of, your opponents right
shoulder to keep him in check.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated using a right inside downward
diagonal forearm strike along the opponets left lower jaw with the
point of your left elbow checking his right shoulder.
523
7. Survey.
8. With your opponent still on his knees, execute a right rear
crossover and deliver a left hooking heel kick to the
opponents face.
Your left hook kick follows a counterclockwise path.
This action should cause the opponent to fall to the ground.
524
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Pistol Against
Your Chest
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (gun)
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Parry
Two-Finger Poke
Forward Bow Stance
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Outward Upward Diagonal Stiff Arm Lifting Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #7
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #18
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
525
TECHNIQUE
1. With your right foot, step toward 12:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance. Simultaneously execute a left
outward parry while simultaneously grabbing the pistol
(at the cylinder or hammer) with your right hand.
When you step forward with your right foot, pivot your upper body
counterclockwise (facing 9:00) to ensure that you get out of the Line
of Fire.
Use your left outward parry to deflect the barrel of the weapon.
526
527
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Step Through
Uppercut Punch
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Punches
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
3:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #8
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #19
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 4
528
TECHNIQUE
This technique may be utilized
as a defense standing up or from
the ground.
Another variations of this
defense is described as follows:
Step 1
Slide your right foot back to form
a left 45-degree cat stance
facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
outward downward diagonal
back knuckle strike to the outside
of his right arm. As your right arm
cocks high, your left hand acts as
check to his right arm.
Step 2
Execute a left inward sweep kick
to the opponetns right shin/knee
as your right hand continues its
counterclockwise motion to
deliver a right inward horizontal
hammerfist strike to the inside of
his right arm. At the conclusion of
this sequence, your right arm will
be cocked horizontally across
your waist and your left hand will
be guarding high.
Step 3
Deliver a right knife-edge kick to
the inside of the opponents left
knee as you simultaneoulsy
deliver a right outward back
knuckle strike to his right temple.
Plant forward and form a right
neutral bow stance.
Step 4
Execute a right front crossover
sweep kick to the inside of the
opponents right foot as you
simultaneously deliver a right
inward two finger hook to the
opponents left eye. Plant into a
twist stance.
Step 5
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a left reverse bow stance and
convert it into a left spinning stiffleg sweep to the inside of the
opponents right knee.
1.
Slide your right foot back to 6:00 and form a left 45degree cat stance facing 12:00 as you execute a left
outward downward hooking parry to the inside of the
opponents right elbow. Immediately follow this with a
right inward downward block (palm up) to the inside of
the opponents right arm (near his hand).
Follow through with the action of your right hand and cock it near
your left hip palm up. Your left hand is positioned in front of, as well
as to the right of, your solar plexus.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual described the left hands action as a left
hand heel of palm downward parry.
An early version of this defense (pre-1975) inserted a right outward
horizontal heel palm claw to the opponents face simultaneously
with the left outward downward hooking parry. Your right arm then
continues its clockwise circle to deliver the right inward downward
block (palm up) simultaneously with the left thrusting sweep kick.
kick
should
help
stop
the
opponents
forward
529
Step 6
Pivot counterclockwise and form
a transitional left neutral bow
stance. Immediately deliver a
right knee kick to the opponents
solar plexus simultaneously with a
right inward overhead hammerfist
strike to his left kidney.
Step 7
Your right hand will check the
opponents right shoulder as you
deliver a left upward knee kick to
his sternum.
Step 8
From Point of Contact plant
toward 7:30 to form a right rear
twist stance. As you settle into
your stance, deliver a left
downward thrusting heel palm
strike to the back of the
opponents head.
Step 9
Complete your crossover and
double cover out toward 7:30.
530
BROKEN ROD
NAMEThe term rod is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or
semi-automatics. In this defense, you will utilize methods
designed to dislocate or break the arm holding the
weapon.
BASICS
Transitory Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Hooking Parry
Neutral Bow Stance
Uppercut Forearm Strike
Vertical Lifting Upward Back Knuckle Strike
Inward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
One-Legged Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
Thrusting Knife Edge Kick
Inward Upward Diagonal Raking Pistol Strike
Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place)
Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
Inward Downward Heel Palm Strike
Transitory Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Upward Diagonal Pistol Strike
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Pistol Against
Your Back
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (gun)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #14
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #20
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
531
BROKEN ROD
TECHNIQUE
1. Pivot 180-degrees clockwise and form a transitory right
front rotating twist stance as you execute a right outward
hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the
outside and on top of the opponents right wrist.
To ensure that you move off the Line of Fire, pivot clockwise on the
ball of your left foot while slightly lifting yourr ight foot off of the
ground and planting it toward 4:30. Your head (and attention) will
be focused toward 7:30.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated pivoting clockwise (in-place)
toward 5:00.
532
BROKEN ROD
5. Hop toward 4:30 with your left leg and form a left onelegged stance to the outside of the opponents right leg
as you simultaneously loop the pistol counterclockwise to
deliver a right outward downward diagonal pistol strike
to the back of the opponents right elbow. Your left hand
checks on or near the opponents right shoulder.
This motion is similar to the second half of GLANCING LANCE.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated hopping toward 4:00 to form a
left one-legged stance.
533
BROKEN ROD
534
ENTWINED MACES
NAMEThe term mace is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent a fist. In this defense, you will utilize
horizontal figure-eight blocking pattern to deflect and
capture (entwine) the opponents punches (maces).
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Handsword Parry
Extended Outward Handsword
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Forward Bow Stance
Vertical Punch
Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike
Rear Crossover
Reverse Bow Stance
Downward Hammerfist Strike
Front Rotating Twist Stance (in-place)
Raking Vertical Outward Back Knuckle Strike
Thrusting Heel Palm Strike
Knee Kick
Inward Downward Hammerfist Strike
Rear Crossover
Back Thrusting Heel Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Left & Right Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #2
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #21
32 System
Green #26
FORM LOCATION
None
535
ENTWINED MACES
TECHNIQUE
1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right inward
handsword parry to the outside and top of the
opponents left arm. Immediately flow into a right
extended outward handsword to the outside of the
opponents right arm. Your left hand checks at solar
plexus level.
Your right hand executes a looping figure-eight pattern that follows
a path and not a line. The figure-eight pattern is begun by striking
diagonally downward to your left and completed by striking
diagonally downard to the right.
The opponents Height and Width Zones are kept in check by
consistently crisscrossing the opponents arms diagonally and down.
2. Grab the opponents right wrist with your right hand and
pull his arm diagonally downward past your right hip as
you execute a forward push-drag maneuver ending in a
right forward bow stance as you deliver a left vertical
punch to the opponents face.
Your grab is made just before your right hand completes the second
block (when it crisscrosses diagonally and down to your right. Start
the grab at the arm and track down to the wrist.
Your forward body momentum, resulting from the push-drag shuffle,
coupled with your right hand pull, all contribute to Borrowed Force.
This action should stop the opponents forward momentum.
536
ENTWINED MACES
6. Plant your left foot toward 6:00 and form a right neutral
bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right inward
downward hammerfist strike to the opponents left collar
bone. Your left hand positionally checks near your solar
plexus.
This strike employs a grafted principle, combining both thrusting and
hammering methods to complete the manevuer.
The force of this strike should drive the opponent downward as well
as backward.
537
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Pistol Against
Your Chest
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (gun)
BASICS
Front Rotating Twist Stance
Outward Hooking Parry
Front Snapping Ball Kick
Two-Finger Poke
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Downward Forearm Strike
Upward Flapping Elbow Strike
Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
Knee Kick
Inward Overhead Hammering Pistol Strike
Front Snapping Instep Kick
Side Snapping Knife-Edge Kick
Front Crossover
Outward Pistol Strike
Rear Twist Stance
Outward Downward Diagonal Pistol Strike
Spinning Back Heel Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #18
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #22
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
538
TECHNIQUE
1. Pivot counterclockwise to form a left front rotating twist
stance (in-place) as you execute a left outward hooking
parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the inside and on
tope of the opponents right hand. Your right hand is
positioned in front of your solar plexus.
As you rotate your left foot will slide toward 1:30.
Rotate your body to get out of the opponents Line of Fire.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated sliding your left foot toward
2:00.
539
540
541
FATAL DEVIATION
NAMEThe term fatal is used in self-defense techniques to
represent actions that can result in death. In this defense,
lethal methods may be inserted.
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Forward Push-Drag Maneuver
Forward Bow Stance
Extended Outward Block
Thrusting Vertical Punch
Thrusting Inward Handsword Strike
Front Crossover
Inward Horizontal Heel Palm Strike
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Back Hammerfist Strike
Rear Crossover
Thrusting Back Heel Kick
ATTACK
FRONT
Left & Right Punch
Combination
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Multiple Attacks
(One-Man)
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #9
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #23
32 System
Green #30
FORM LOCATION
None
542
FATAL DEVIATION
TECHNIQUE
1. Step back with your left foot to form a right neutral bow
stance facing 12:00 as you execute a right inward block
to the inside of the opponents right arm. Your left hand
positionally checks in front of your solar plexus.
5. Step forward (toward 11:00) with your right foot and form
a right neutral bow stance facing 12:00 to buckle the
inside of the opponents right knee. Simultaneously circle
your right arm counterclockwise to deliver a right inward
horizontal elbow strike to the left side of the opponents
jaw. Your left hand will remain braced against his right
jaw.
Your left hand creates a backstop to create a sandwiching effect.
The 1975 IKKA Red Manual indicated stepping forward with your
right foot toward 10:00.
543
FATAL DEVIATION
8. Survey.
9. Return with a left rear crossover and immediately deliver
a right thrusting back heel kick to the opponents
stomach.
This will cause the opponent to fall to the ground.
544
TWISTED ROD
NAMEThe term rod is used in self-defense techniques to
symbolically represent armed hold-ups involving revolvers or
semi-automatics. In this defense, you will disarm the
opponent by first twisting the weapon from his hand.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Pistol Against
Your Chest
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Weapons (gun)
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Outward Hooking Parry
Inward Horizontal Elbow Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Shovel Kick
Thrusting Heel Kick
Close Kneel Stance
Downward Knee Drop
Two-Finger Poke
Downward Pistol Strike
Upward Pistol Strike
Knife Edge Kick
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Left to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
1st Black #20
Orthodox 24 System
2nd Brown #24
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
Form 6
545
TWISTED ROD
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step toward 11:00 and form a left
neutral bow stance as you execute a right outward
hooking parry (like a waiter carrying a tray) to the
outside and on top of the opponents right hand near
the weapon. Simultaneously your left hand grabs on top
of the opponents right hand near the pistol.
This maneuver is done to get you out of the Line of Fire as well as to
positionally check the opponents right leg with your left knee. Be
conscious of the Line of Entry at all times.
2. Step forward with your right foot (between you left leg
and the opponents right leg) to position yourself behind
the opponents right leg and form a right neutral bow
stance. As you step forward deliver a right inward
horizontal elbow strike to the opponents face.
As you step forward, have your right arm (which is now horizontal
and perpendicular to the opponents right arm) pin and press
against the back of the opponents right hand. During this this
action, pull inward with your left hand (which acts as a fulcrum) and
push forward with your right forearm (utilizing Opposing Forces) in
forcing the opponents right hand and muzzle of the pistol to point
toward the opponents face.
546
TWISTED ROD
5. Plant your right foot slightly above and to the right of the
opponents left shoulder. Pivot counterclockwise and
form a left close kneel stance and, without disrupting the
momentum of your right leg, deliver a right downward
knee drop onto the opponents throat. Simultaneously
deliver a right two-finger poke to the opponents eyes.
Your left hand holds onto the opponents pistol and right
hand.
Keep the muzzle of the weapon pointed away from you throughout.
You will be facing approximately 2:30.
Historically this is where the Base Technique end and the Extension
begins.
6. Take the pistol with your right hand and deliver a right
downward pistol strike to the right side of the opponents
jaw.
Your right hand will travel downward and backward toward your
right leg.
547
APPENDIX
INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE
NAMEIn this technique, you will strategically (intellectually)
use a retreating action (departure) to defeat your
opponents attack.
ATTACK
FRONT
Right Thrusting Ball Kick
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Kicks
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Reverse Close Kneel Stance
Inside Downward Block
Back Thrust Kick
Drag-Step Maneuver
Knife Edge Kick
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Back-Up Mass
Torque
Rotate to Block with cocked weapon
Borrowed Force
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Delayed Sword
Sword of Destruction
Deflecting Hammer
Buckling Branch
Triggered Salute
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside Right
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Yellow #11
Orthodox 24 System
Not Found
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
NONE
INTELLECTUAL DEPARTURE
TECHNIQUE
1. With your left foot, step between 5 and 6clock to form a
right neutral bow stance. Without hesitation, pivot
counterclockwise to form a right reverse close kneel
stance as you simultaneously deliver a right inside
downward block to the inside of the opponents right leg
while your left hand positionally guards the right side of
your face.
Some practitioners form a modified right front twist stance instead of
the right neutral bow stance to load themselves with torque for the
block.
Some practitioners pivot to form a right reverse bow stance instead
of the reverse close kneel stance.
Your block will travel from 1:30 to 7:30.
An early description of this defense (pre-1974) described the block
travelling from 2 oclock to 8 oclock.
SPREADING BRANCHES
NAMEIn this technique, you will spread the opponents
legs (branches) to disrupt his base and his ability to attack or
counter attack.
BASICS
Horse Stance
Back Elbow Strike
Back Hammerfist Strike
Reverse Bow Stance
Upward Back Knuckle Strike
Upward Knee Kick
Wide Kneel Stance
Inward Overhead Elbow Strike
ATTACK
FRONT
Rear Bear Hug
(arms pinned)
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Hugs & Holds
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Inside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Right
ATTACK DIRECTION
6:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Purple #17
Orthodox 24 System
Not Found
32 System
Not Found
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Crushing Hammer
Thrusting Prongs
The Bear and the Ram
FORM LOCATION
NONE
SPREADING BRANCHES
TECHNIQUE
Some schools call this defense
SPREADING BRANCH.
1. With your left foot, step toward 9:00 with your left foot
and form a horse stance facing 12:00 as you
simultaneously pin the opponents hands with your left
hand as you deliver a right back elbow strike to the
opponents solar plexus followed by a right back
hammerfist strike to the opponents groin.
2. Without hesitation, slide your right foot back to 7:30 and
form a right reverse bow stance to buckle the inside of
the opponents left leg as you deliver a right upward
back knuckle strike to the bridge of the opponents
nose.
Some practitioners eliminate the horse stance and immediately step
back to buckle the inside of the opponents left leg as they deliver a
right back hammerfist strike.
AGGRESSIVE TWINS
NAMEIn this technique, your opponent aggressively
pushes you with his two hands (twins) and you respond
aggressively with twins (kicks) of your own.
ATTACK
FRONT
Two Hand Push
WEB OF KNOWLEDGE
Pushes
BASICS
Neutral Bow Stance
Inward Block
Snapping Knife Edge Kick
Front Thrusting Ball Kick (step through)
CONCEPTS & PRINCIPLES
Borrowed Force
Open Line of Attack with Foot
RELATED TECHNIQUES
Attacking Mace
Shield and Sword
Clipping the Storm
Encounter with Danger
DEFENSIVE LOCATION
Outside
POSITIONAL RELATIONSHIP
Right to Left
ATTACK DIRECTION
12:00
CURRICULUM PLACEMENT
16 System
Varies
Orthodox 24 System
Not Found
32 System
Not Found
FORM LOCATION
NONE
AGGRESSIVE TWINS
TECHNIQUE
Some schools have added this
to the 16 Technique System.
1. With your left foot, step toward 6:00 and form a right
neutral bow stance facing 12:00 as you deliver a right
inward block to the outside of his left arm.
2. Without hesitation, deliver a right snapping knife edge
kick to the opponents left knee.
This will cause the opponents legs to spread and will move his left
foot back thus controlling his Dimensional Zones.